WO2024051515A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024051515A1
WO2024051515A1 PCT/CN2023/115352 CN2023115352W WO2024051515A1 WO 2024051515 A1 WO2024051515 A1 WO 2024051515A1 CN 2023115352 W CN2023115352 W CN 2023115352W WO 2024051515 A1 WO2024051515 A1 WO 2024051515A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
preamble
segment
information
uwb signal
ranging
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/115352
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴宽
李云波
钱彬
杨讯
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024051515A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024051515A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • Ultra wideband (UWB) technology is a wireless communication (or ranging, sensing, etc.) technology that uses nanosecond-level non-sinusoidal narrow pulse signals. Because its pulses are very narrow and the radiation spectrum density is extremely low, the UWB system has the advantages of strong multipath resolution, low power consumption, and strong confidentiality.
  • the accuracy of the measurement or sensing results has a great relationship with the signal bandwidth.
  • This processing method can be understood as UWB ranging or sensing assisted by the narrowband channel. If a narrowband channel is used for communication, listen before talk (LBT) needs to be performed before communication. If the sending device detects that the narrowband channel to be used is occupied by other devices, it will not be able to use the narrowband channel and will back off and wait until the narrowband channel becomes free before it can continue to compete for the use of the narrowband channel.
  • LBT listen before talk
  • This application provides a communication method and device to reduce the UWB system's dependence on narrowband channels and improve the reliability and robustness of the UWB ranging system.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a first device.
  • the first device may be a ranging initiating device or a ranging responding device, or may be a chip or a circuit.
  • the method includes: a first device sending a first segment of a first UWB signal to a second device, where the first segment carries a first preamble; and the first device sending a second segment of the first UWB signal to the second device.
  • the second segment carries a second preamble, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to trigger the first operation, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different.
  • the preamble change indication information is used. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability of the second device receiving the information, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system. sex.
  • the second device is instructed to stop sending segments of the UWB signal through the NB channel. If the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the second device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the second device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power.
  • the preamble change is used to trigger the second device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the second device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time.
  • the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby preventing the UWB signal power from being reduced and the signal reception quality of the second device being reduced.
  • the first operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the first device when determining that the second device performs the first operation, may send the second segment, that is, change the preamble carried by the segment of the first UWB signal into the second preamble. In this way, the second device is caused to perform the first operation when detecting that the preamble code is changed.
  • the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble. Through the above, it can be ensured that the second device can detect the second preamble, so that the information indicated by the second device and the first device remains consistent.
  • the method before the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble, the method further includes: the first device sends at least one segment, and the at least one segment carries the second preamble. The above can ensure that the second device successfully detects the second preamble, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
  • the method further includes: the first device stops sending the second preamble.
  • the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the first device receives the third segment in the second UWB signal, and the third segment carries Third preamble, the third preamble is used to indicate that the second preamble is detected.
  • This method allows the first device to confirm the successful transmission of information through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
  • the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the first device does not receive the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment The segment is in the same time unit as the second segment.
  • the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the first device does not receive the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, and the fifth segment The time unit is later than the time unit of the second segment.
  • the method further includes: the first device performs a first operation.
  • the method further includes: the first device receives a sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, and the sixth segment carries the first preamble; the first device receives the sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device.
  • the seventh segment of the second UWB signal carries a fourth preamble, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble; the first device performs the second operation according to the first preamble and the fourth preamble.
  • the second operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the method further includes: the first device instructs the first operation through the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  • different information can be indicated by changing the preamble in different time units.
  • This method can reduce signaling overhead through implicit indication.
  • the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation corresponding to the time unit in which the second segment is located based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and at least one time unit
  • the unit includes a time unit in which the second segment is located; the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from the second device, or the first information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-arrange the operation corresponding to at least one time unit through the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the instruction.
  • the method further includes: if the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the first device sends the first information to the second device.
  • the method further includes: the first device determines the first operation based on the second information; wherein the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal changes, instruct the second device to perform the first operation. Operation: the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from the second device, or the second information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-agree on the meaning represented by the preamble change through the second information, which can reduce the complexity of the system.
  • the method further includes: the first device sends the second information to the second device.
  • the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation based on third information; wherein the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes a second preamble; the third information Determined for the first device, or the third information comes from the second device, or the third information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-agree on the operation corresponding to at least one preamble through the third information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
  • the method further includes: the first device sends the third information to the second device.
  • the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is based on the first preamble and at least A cyclic shift length is determined by a cyclic shift length.
  • the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation based on fourth information; wherein the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to preamble change, and the preamble change includes the preamble before change and the change.
  • the preamble before the change is the first preamble
  • the preamble after the change is the second preamble, or the preamble before the change is the second preamble, and the preamble after the change is the first preamble.
  • the fourth information is determined by the first device, or the fourth information comes from the second device, or the fourth information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-agree on at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change through the fourth information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
  • the preamble before the change is determined based on the first preamble and the first cyclic shift length
  • the preamble after the change is determined based on the first preamble and the second cyclic shift length.
  • the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
  • the second device can only detect whether the preamble code changes in part of the time unit (ie, the at least one detection point). Compared with detecting the preamble code change in all time units, this method can reduce the power of the second device. Consumption.
  • the method further includes: the first device determines at least one detection point based on fifth information, and the fifth information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the fifth information is determined by the first device, or the fifth information from the second device, or, alternatively, the fifth information comes from the third device.
  • the power consumption of the UWB system can be further reduced by pre-imposing at least one detection point through the fifth information by the first device and the second device.
  • the method further includes: the first device sends the fifth information to the second device.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a second device.
  • the second device may be a ranging initiating device or a ranging responding device, or may be a chip or a circuit.
  • the method includes: the second device receives a first segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, wherein the first segment carries a first preamble; and the second device receives a second segment of the first UWB signal from the first device. segments, wherein the second segment carries a second preamble, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different; and the second device performs the first operation according to the first preamble and the second preamble.
  • the preamble change indication information is used. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability of the second device receiving the information, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system. sex.
  • the second device is instructed to stop sending segments of the UWB signal through the NB channel. If the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the second device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the second device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power.
  • the preamble change is used to trigger the second device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the second device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time.
  • the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby preventing the UWB signal power from being reduced and the signal reception quality of the second device being reduced.
  • the first operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the method further includes: the second device sends a third segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, the third segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to indicate that the third UWB signal is detected. Two preambles. This method allows the first device to confirm the successful transmission of information through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
  • the method further includes: starting from the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segment of the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment and the second segment are located at the same time. unit.
  • the method further includes: starting from the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segments of the second UWB signal, and the time unit of the fifth segment is later than the second segment. The time unit in which the segment is located.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends a sixth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, where the sixth segment carries the first preamble; the second device sends the second UWB signal to the first device.
  • the seventh segment of the signal carries a fourth preamble, the fourth preamble and the first preamble are used to trigger the first operation, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble.
  • the second device when determining that the first device performs the second operation, may send the seventh segment, that is, change the preamble carried in the segment of the second UWB signal to the fourth preamble. In this way, the first device performs the second operation when detecting that the preamble code is changed.
  • the second operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the method further includes: the second device determines the first operation based on the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  • different information can be indicated by changing the preamble in different time units. This method can reduce signaling overhead through implicit indication.
  • the method further includes: the second device determines a first operation corresponding to the time unit in which the second segment is located based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and at least one time unit
  • the unit includes a time unit in which the second segment is located; the first information is determined by the second device, or the first information comes from the first device, or the first information comes from a third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-arrange the operation corresponding to at least one time unit through the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the instruction.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends the first information to the first device.
  • the method further includes: the second device determines the first operation based on the second information; wherein the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal changes, instruct the second device to perform the first operation. Operation; the second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from the first device, or the second information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-agree on the meaning represented by the preamble change through the second information, which can reduce the complexity of the system.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends the second information to the first device.
  • the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation based on third information; wherein the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes a second preamble; the third information Determined for the second device, or the third information comes from the first device, or the third information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-agree on the operation corresponding to at least one preamble through the third information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends the third information to the first device.
  • the third information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble, including: the third information indicates at least one An operation corresponding to the cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is determined based on the first preamble and one cyclic shift length of at least one cyclic shift length.
  • the method further includes: the second device determines the first operation based on fourth information; wherein the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change, and the preamble change includes the preamble before the change and the change.
  • the preamble before the change is the first preamble
  • the preamble after the change is the second preamble, or the preamble before the change is the second preamble, and the preamble after the change is the first preamble.
  • the fourth information is determined by the second device, or the fourth information comes from the first device, or the fourth information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-agree on at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change through the fourth information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
  • the preamble before the change is determined based on the first preamble and the first cyclic shift length
  • the preamble after the change is determined based on the first preamble and the second cyclic shift length.
  • the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
  • the second device can only detect whether the preamble code changes in part of the time unit (ie, the at least one detection point). Compared with detecting the preamble code change in all time units, this method can reduce the power of the second device. Consumption.
  • the method further includes: the second device determines at least one detection point based on fifth information, and the fifth information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the fifth information is determined by the second device, or the fifth information from the first device, or, alternatively, the fifth information is from the third device.
  • the power consumption of the UWB system can be further reduced by pre-imposing at least one detection point through the fifth information by the first device and the second device.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends the fifth information to the first device.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a first device.
  • the first device may be a ranging initiating device or a ranging responding device, or may be a chip or a circuit.
  • the method includes: the first device sends a first segment of the first UWB signal to the second device, where the first segment carries a first preamble, and the first preamble is used to trigger the first operation.
  • the first operation includes one or more of the following: stopping sending segments of the second UWB signal; or increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal; or sending a first indication to the first device, the first indication being used to start The distance measuring wheel; or, reporting the measurement results; or responding to the second instruction from the first device, and the second instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel.
  • the information is indicated through the preamble.
  • LBT Low-power Bluetooth
  • the second device is instructed to stop sending segments of the UWB signal through the NB channel. If the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the second device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the second device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power.
  • the preamble is used to trigger the second device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the second device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time.
  • UWB resources can be released in time to improve the utilization of UWB resources, and on the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced.
  • the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby preventing the UWB signal power from being reduced and reducing the signal reception quality of the second device initiator.
  • the first device may send the first segment when determining that the second device performs the first operation, that is, the first preamble may be carried in the segment of the first UWB signal. In this way, the second device is caused to perform the first operation when detecting the first preamble.
  • the method further includes: the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble. The above can ensure that the second device can detect the first preamble, so that the information indicated by the second device and the first device remains consistent.
  • the method before the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble, the method further includes: the first device sends at least one segment, and the at least one segment carries the first preamble. The above can ensure that the second device successfully detects the first preamble, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
  • the method further includes: the first device stops sending the first preamble.
  • the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the first device receives the second segment in the second UWB signal, and the second segment carries The second preamble is used to indicate that the first preamble is detected.
  • This method allows the first device to confirm the successful transmission of information through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
  • the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the first device does not receive the third segment in the second UWB signal, and the third segment The segment is in the same time unit as the first segment.
  • the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the first device does not receive the fourth segment of the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment The time unit is later than the time unit of the first segment.
  • the method further includes: the first device receives a fifth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, and the fifth segment carries a third preamble; the first device performs the third step according to the third preamble. Two operations.
  • the second operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation according to the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the first preamble; the first information Determined for the first device, or the first information comes from the second device, or the first information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-agree on at least one operation corresponding to the preamble through the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
  • the method further includes: the first device sends the first information to the second device.
  • the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the first preamble is based on a preset preamble and At least one of the cyclic shift lengths is determined by one of the cyclic shift lengths.
  • the time unit in which the first segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
  • the second device can detect a specific preamble (such as the first preamble, the second preamble, etc.) only in part of the time unit (ie, the at least one detection point). Compared with detecting the specific preamble in all time units, code, this method can reduce the power consumption of the second device.
  • a specific preamble such as the first preamble, the second preamble, etc.
  • the method further includes: the first device determines at least one detection point based on the second information, and the second information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information from a second device, or the second information comes from a third device.
  • the power consumption of the UWB system can be further reduced by pre-arriving at least one detection point through the second information through the first device and the second device.
  • the method further includes: the first device sends the second information to the second device.
  • this application provides a communication method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be a second device.
  • the second device may be a ranging initiating device or a ranging response device, or may be a chip or a circuit.
  • the method includes: the second device receives a first segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, where the first segment carries a first preamble; and the second device performs a first operation according to the first preamble.
  • the first operation includes one or more of the following: stopping sending segments of the second UWB signal; or increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal; or sending a first indication to the first device, the first indication being used to start The distance measuring wheel; or, reporting the measurement results; or responding to the second instruction from the first device, and the second instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel.
  • the information is indicated through the preamble.
  • LBT Low-power Bluetooth
  • the second device is instructed to stop sending segments of the UWB signal through the NB channel. If the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the second device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the second device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power.
  • the preamble is used to trigger the second device to stop sending segments of the UWB signal. This allows the second device to receive the instruction to stop sending in time, so that it can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time.
  • UWB resources can be released in time to improve the utilization of UWB resources, and on the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced.
  • the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby preventing the UWB signal power from being reduced and reducing the signal reception quality of the second device initiator.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends a second segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, the second segment carries a second preamble, and the second preamble is used to indicate that the second UWB signal is detected. A preamble.
  • the method further includes: starting from the third segment in the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segment of the second UWB signal, and the third segment is located at the same time as the first segment. unit.
  • the method further includes: starting from the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segment of the second UWB signal, and the time unit of the fourth segment is later than the first segment. The time unit in which the segment is located.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends a fifth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, the fifth segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to trigger the second operation.
  • the second operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the method further includes: the second device determines a first operation based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the first preamble; the first information Determined for the second device, or the first information comes from the first device, or the first information comes from the third device.
  • the first device and the second device pre-agree on at least one operation corresponding to the preamble through the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends the first information to the first device.
  • the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the first preamble is based on a preset preamble and at least A cyclic shift length is determined by a cyclic shift length.
  • the time unit in which the first segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
  • the second device can detect a specific preamble (such as the first preamble, the second preamble, etc.) only in part of the time unit (ie, the at least one detection point). Compared with detecting the specific preamble in all time units, code, this method can reduce the power consumption of the second device.
  • a specific preamble such as the first preamble, the second preamble, etc.
  • the method further includes: the second device determines at least one detection point based on the second information, and the second information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the second information is determined by the second device, or the second information from the first device, or the second information comes from a third device.
  • the power consumption of the UWB system can be further reduced by pre-arriving at least one detection point through the second information through the first device and the second device.
  • the method further includes: the second device sends the second information to the first device.
  • a communication device including a processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or to send signals from the processor.
  • the processor is used to implement the method in the first aspect or the third aspect as well as any possible design through logic circuits or executing code instructions.
  • a communication device including a processor and an interface circuit.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or to send signals from the processor.
  • the processor is used to implement the method in the aforementioned second aspect or fourth aspect and any possible design through logic circuits or executing code instructions.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided.
  • Computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the above-described first to fourth aspects are implemented. method in any aspect and in any possible design.
  • An eighth aspect provides a computer program product that stores instructions. When the instructions are executed by a processor, any one of the foregoing first to fourth aspects and the method in any possible design are implemented.
  • a chip system in a ninth aspect, includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method in the first aspect or the third aspect and any possible design.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a chip system in a tenth aspect, includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method in the aforementioned second or fourth aspect and any possible design.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • An eleventh aspect provides a communication system, which includes the device described in the first aspect (such as a first device), and/or the device described in the second aspect (such as a second device).
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the device described in the third aspect (such as a first device), and/or the device described in the fourth aspect (such as a second device).
  • Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a ranging and positioning system according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of UWB signal segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a ranging and positioning system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of each stage of a UWB distance measuring wheel according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a UWB ranging method assisted by a narrowband protocol according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a UWB ranging method assisted by a narrowband protocol according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a time unit including multiple time slots according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a ranging process without using preamble change indication information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of preamble change indication information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of sending preamble 2 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a ranging response device indicating detection of a second preamble carried in a second segment according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a ranging response device indicating detection of a second preamble carried in a second segment according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a ranging response device indicating detection of a second preamble carried in a second segment according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the behavior of a ranging initiating device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the behavior of a ranging initiating device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of indicating the first operation through the time unit where the second segment is located according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of indicating the first operation through the time unit where the second segment is located according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of a cell carrying first information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of a second information indicating increasing the number of segments according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of a cell carrying third information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of a cell carrying fifth information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the time unit occupied by an increased segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of a time unit occupied by an increased segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of a time unit occupied by an increased segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of an increased time unit occupied by segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of an increased time unit occupied by segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of the time unit occupied by an increased segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of a ranging process without indicating information through a preamble according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of indicating information through a preamble according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • WPAN wireless personal area network
  • UWB Ultra-Wide Band
  • the current standard adopted by WPAN is the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) , IEEE)802.15 series.
  • WPAN can be used for communication between digital auxiliary equipment within a small range such as phones, computers, and accessory equipment. Its working range is generally within 10m.
  • Technologies supporting wireless personal area networks include Bluetooth, ZigBee, ultra-wideband, infrared data association (IrDA) infrared connection technology (infrared), home radio frequency technology (home radio frequency, HomeRF), etc. .
  • WPAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • HIPERLAN High Performance Wireless LAN
  • WAN Wide Area Networks
  • WPAN is located at the bottom of the entire network architecture and is used for wireless connections between devices within a small range, that is, point-to-point short-distance connections, which can be regarded as short-distance wireless communication networks.
  • WPAN is divided into high rate (HR)-WPAN and low rate (low rate)-WPAN.
  • HR-WPAN can be used to support various high-rate multimedia applications, including high-quality sound.
  • LR-WPAN can be used for general business in daily life.
  • WPAN In WPAN, according to the communication capabilities of the device, it can be divided into full-function device (FFD) and reduced-function device (RFD). Communication is possible between FFD devices and between FFD devices and RFD devices. RFD devices cannot communicate directly with each other and can only communicate with FFD devices or forward data through an FFD device.
  • the FFD device associated with the RFD is called the coordinator of the RFD.
  • the coordinator can also control the association of multiple FFDs. Coordinators are also called control nodes. There can be multiple coordinators in each ad hoc network.
  • RFD equipment is mainly used for simple control applications, such as light switches, passive infrared sensors, etc. The amount of data transmitted is small, and it does not occupy much transmission resources and communication resources. The cost of RFD equipment is low.
  • the coordinator can also be called a personal area network (personal area network, PAN) coordinator.
  • PAN personal area network
  • the PAN coordinator can be understood as a type of coordinator.
  • the PAN coordinator is also called the central control node of PAN, etc.
  • FFD can act as a PAN coordinator or coordinator, while RFD cannot act as a PAN coordinator or coordinator.
  • the PAN coordinator is the master control node of the entire network, and there can only be one PAN coordinator in each ad hoc network. It has membership management, link information management, and group forwarding functions.
  • the device in the embodiment of this application may be a device that supports multiple WPAN standards such as 802.15.4a, 802.15.4z, and 802.15.4ab or subsequent versions.
  • the above-mentioned devices may be communication servers, routers, switches, network bridges, computers or mobile phones, home smart devices, vehicle-mounted communication devices, etc.
  • the above-mentioned device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc.
  • This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application. It suffices to communicate using a method.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be FFD or RFD, or a functional module in FFD or RFD that can call a program and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as methods, apparatus, or articles of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact disks) disc (CD), digital versatile disc (DVD), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (e.g. erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM)), cards, sticks or key drives wait).
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • the various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the embodiments of this application can also be applied to wireless local area network systems such as Internet of Things (IoT) networks or Vehicle to X (V2X).
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • V2X Vehicle to X
  • the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other possible communication systems, such as long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division) system duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, and future The sixth generation (6G) communication system or new communication systems emerging in future communication development, etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX global interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G fifth generation
  • 6G sixth generation
  • 6G sixth generation
  • fragment signal fragment or segment
  • block signal fragment signal
  • Partial signal partial signal
  • Segment partial signal
  • block fragment signal
  • Frament signal fragment or segment
  • Fragmented signal fragment signal
  • the multiple segmented signals obtained by splitting the UWB signal can be the same.
  • the multiple segmented signals obtained by splitting the UWB signal are preambles with the same configuration, where the preambles with the same configuration include but Not limited to: the length of the preamble, the sequence used for the preamble, etc.
  • the preamble is a set of sequences that can be used to identify the device when it interacts with other devices or connects to the network.
  • UWB segmented transmission in this application may also be called multi-millisecond transmission (multi-millesecond, MMS).
  • MMS multi-millesecond
  • IR-UWB Impulse Radio Ultra Wideband
  • Ranging or sensing For ranging or sensing scenarios, the accuracy of the measurement or sensing results is related to the signal bandwidth. The larger the signal bandwidth, the higher the accuracy of the sensing or ranging results. Therefore, you can consider sending and receiving reference signals for ranging or sensing through the UWB system, and transmitting other reference signals and/or data through narrowband protocols, which can not only ensure the accuracy of ranging and sensing, but also save power. Consumption.
  • the perception involved in this application can be understood as the underlying sensing technology of the Internet of Things technology architecture, which is the primary link for the Internet of Things to obtain information and realize object control; ranging can be understood as the measurement of the distance between devices, including but not limited to the Internet of Things Measure the distance between two objects.
  • the UWB technical solution in this application that combines narrowband-assisted UWB and multi-millisecond transmission can also be called narrow-band assisted multi-millisecond Ultra-wideband (NBA-MMS UWB).
  • NBA-MMS UWB narrow-band assisted multi-millisecond Ultra-wideband
  • Figure 3 is a schematic architectural diagram of a ranging and positioning system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the ranging and positioning system includes multiple devices (device 1 and device 2 shown in Figure 3), which can be devices involved in the embodiments of this application, and each device at least includes a UWB module.
  • the devices included in the ranging and positioning system may be devices with communication capabilities in the WPAN (FFD or RFD as shown in Figure 1).
  • the device may also include a narrowband communication module.
  • a narrowband communication module either ranging positioning or communication can be performed between the UWB modules of Device 1 (Device 1) and Device 2 (Device 2). If the device contains a narrowband communication module, data can be transmitted between the narrowband communication modules of device 1 and device 2 through a wireless link.
  • the UWB module can be understood as a device, chip or system that implements UWB wireless communication technology; accordingly, the narrowband communication module can be understood as a device that implements narrowband communication technology (such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or Zigbee, etc.), Chip or system, etc.
  • the UWB module and the narrowband communication module can be different devices or chips.
  • the UWB module and the narrowband communication module can also be integrated on one device or chip.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the UWB module and the narrowband communication module. implemented in the device.
  • UWB technology enables communication devices with high data throughput and device positioning with high accuracy.
  • the device that initiates the ranging process may be called a ranging initiating device, and the device that performs ranging in collaboration with the ranging initiating device is called a ranging device.
  • a distance response device for example, device 1 in Figure 3 initiates the ranging process.
  • Device 1 can be called a ranging initiating device, and device 2 that interacts with device 1 to perform ranging can be called a ranging response device.
  • the ranging initiating device can send a measurement signal to the ranging response device, and the ranging response device replies a measurement response signal to the ranging initiating device, so that the ranging initiating device determines the distance between the two.
  • the ranging initiating device can be a network device, and the ranging response device can be a terminal device; or the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device can both be terminal devices; or the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device can also be It may be other equipment capable of ranging, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the equipment involved in this application may be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor or a wireless communication terminal.
  • user terminals user devices, access devices, subscriber stations, subscriber units, mobile stations, user agents, and user equipment that support Wi-Fi communication functions.
  • the user terminals may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, etc. devices, wearable devices, Internet of things (IoT) devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile stations (MS) ), terminal, terminal equipment, portable communications device, handset, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, global positioning system device or any other device configured for network communications via a wireless medium Suitable equipment etc.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile stations
  • the device can support the 802.15.4ab standard or the next generation standard of 802.15.4ab.
  • the device can also support multiple standards such as 802.15.4a, 802.15.4-2011, 802.15.4-2015 and 802.15.4z.
  • the device can also support multiple wireless local area networks (WLAN) standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11be next generation.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • Ranging round can represent a single ranging process.
  • the minimum processing time unit of each ranging wheel is the ranging slot.
  • a ranging wheel it is divided into three stages: ranging control phase (ranging control phase), ranging phase (ranging phase), and ranging result reporting phase (measurement report phase), as shown in Figure 4, Figure 4
  • ranging control phase contains 1 ranging time slot
  • ranging control phase can contain more than 1 ranging time slot.
  • the ranging control phase in this application may include one or more ranging time slots.
  • the signaling transmission method provided in this application can not only be applied to UWB ranging assisted by narrowband protocols, but also can be applied to UWB sensing or other measurement processes assisted by narrowband protocols. Therefore, in this application
  • the ranging control stage shown in Figure 4 can be understood as a type of measurement control stage
  • the ranging stage can be understood as a type of measurement stage
  • the ranging result reporting stage can be understood as a type of measurement result reporting stage.
  • the measurement control phase can be understood as the sensing control phase
  • the measurement phase can be understood as the sensing phase
  • the measurement result reporting phase can be understood as Sensing result reporting stage.
  • the above-mentioned measurement control phase can be understood as a phase for configuring the required parameters in the measurement wheel; for another example, the above-mentioned measurement phase can be understood as a phase for performing measurements; for another example, the above-mentioned measurement result reporting phase can be understood as This is the stage for reporting measurement results, and can also be called the end of the measurement stage.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a UWB ranging method.
  • the ranging initiator (initiator) and the ranging response device (responder) can complete the configuration, synchronization and other processes required for UWB NBA-MMS ranging through a narrowband (NB) channel.
  • the ranging initiating device sends a narrowband polling signal (Poll), and the ranging responding device responds with a response signal (Resp) for handshake.
  • Policy narrowband polling signal
  • Resp response signal
  • the information carried by the Poll signal includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: parameter configuration related to the ranging wheel, parameter configuration related to the preamble of the ranging signal (preamble length, sequence used for the preamble, etc.), UWB packet types (SP0 ⁇ SP3), device roles, time slot scheduling allocation, etc.
  • the ranging initiating device After receiving the response frame, the ranging initiating device uses segmented transmission on the UWB channel to measure with the ranging response device. After the measurement is completed, the ranging response device sends the measurement results (report) to the ranging initiating device through the NB channel. .
  • the NB channel If the NB channel is used for data transmission, listen before talk (LBT) needs to be performed before data transmission. If it is detected that the NB channel to be used is occupied by other devices, the NB channel cannot be used, and the device will back off and wait until the NB channel becomes free before it can continue to compete for the use of the NB channel. Therefore, before the UWB system performs data transmission such as configuration, synchronization, and measurement result reporting required for measurement through the NB channel, it needs to perform LBT on the corresponding NB channel, and only after monitoring that the NB channel is not occupied by other devices, it can pass The NB channel performs corresponding data transmission.
  • LBT listen before talk
  • the ranging initiating device performs LBT on the NB channel before sending signal 1 (shown as NB#1 in Figure 6).
  • Signal 1 is used for synchronization, configuration, etc. If it detects that the NB channel is not occupied by other devices, it sends signal 1 through the NB channel.
  • the ranging response device is sending the response signal of signal 1 (Fig. LBT is performed on the NB channel before (shown as NB#2 in 6). If it is detected that the NB channel is not occupied by other devices, the response signal of signal 1 is sent through the NB channel.
  • the ranging initiating device sequentially sends each segment of the measurement signal 1 to the ranging response device, and the ranging response device sequentially sends each segment of the measurement signal 2 to the ranging initiating device.
  • the ranging response device performs LBT on the NB channel before sending the measurement result (shown as NB#3 in Figure 6). If it detects that the NB channel is not occupied by other devices, the measurement result will be sent through the NB channel.
  • the ranging initiating device can split the UWB signal into multiple segments for transmission.
  • the number of segments may change, so the ranging initiating device needs to send a segment number change message through the NB channel.
  • the ranging initiating device Before the ranging initiating device sends the segment number change message through the NB channel, it needs to perform LBT. If the LBT fails, the segment number change message cannot be sent, causing the ranging response device to be unable to perform ranging based on the changed segment number. , affecting the system efficiency and reducing the reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
  • this application provides a communication method and device, which can reduce the dependence of the UWB system on the NB channel and improve the reliability and robustness of the UWB system by indicating some information through the preamble carried by the segments of the UWB signal.
  • the method and the device are based on the same concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated points will not be repeated.
  • the embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as it can be provided according to the embodiment of the present application by running a program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. It suffices to communicate by a method.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a transceiver device, or a functional module in the transceiver device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • for indicating may include direct instructions and indirect instructions.
  • direct instructions and indirect instructions When describing certain information to indicate A, it may include that the information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that the information must contain A.
  • the information indicated by the information is called information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the information to be indicated. Index of information, etc.
  • the information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
  • the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol stipulated) arrangement order of each piece of information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • the common parts of each piece of information can also be identified and indicated in a unified manner to reduce the instruction overhead caused by indicating the same information individually.
  • preconfigured may include predefined, for example, protocol definitions.
  • pre-definition can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device (for example, including each network element). This application does not limit its specific implementation method.
  • “at least one” refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the "protocol” involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to a standard protocol in the field of communication.
  • it may include the WiFi protocol and related protocols applied in future communication systems. This application does not limit this.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to scenarios such as ranging, positioning, and sensing, such as factory personnel positioning, cargo positioning in logistics and warehousing, intelligent sensing of car door locks, and so on.
  • the first device may be a ranging initiating device, and the second device may be a ranging responding device.
  • the first device may be a ranging response device, and the second device may be a ranging initiating device.
  • the first measurement signal sent by the first device may be a measurement signal
  • the second measurement signal sent by the second device may be a measurement response signal
  • the first device is a ranging initiating device
  • the first measurement signal sent by the first device may be a measurement signal
  • the second measurement signal sent by the second device may be a measurement signal
  • the first measurement signal sent by the first device may be a measurement response signal.
  • UWB signal in the embodiment of this application can also be described as “measurement signal frame”, “ranging signal”, “ranging signal frame”, “measurement transmission frame”, “ranging transmission frame”, “ UWB transmission frame”, “UWB ranging signal”, etc.
  • the ranging initiating device as an example to indicate information to the ranging response device through the preamble carried by the segmentation of the UWB signal. That is, the first device is the ranging initiating device, and the second device For ranging response equipment. It should be understood that if the ranging response device indicates information to the ranging initiating device through the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal, that is, the first device is the ranging response device and the second device is the ranging initiating device. For details, please refer to The process of the ranging initiating device indicating information to the ranging response device through the preamble carried by the segments of the UWB signal will not be described again.
  • the operation of the ranging initiating device can also be performed by a processor, a chip or a functional module in the ranging initiating device; the operation of the ranging response device can also be performed by a processor, a chip or a functional module in the ranging response device.
  • Function module execution this application does not limit this.
  • the segments of the UWB signal in this application may be signals containing only preambles (preamble-only packets).
  • the time unit may include a ranging time slot (which can also be understood as a ranging opportunity), that is, the time interval between two adjacent segments of the same UWB signal is one ranging time slot. . Assuming that the time unit is 1ms, the time interval between two adjacent segments of the same UWB signal is 1ms.
  • the time unit may also include multiple ranging time slots (which can also be understood as multiple ranging opportunities).
  • ranging time slot For one ranging time slot, its time duration is less than 1 ms.
  • Figure 7. the time granularity of system scheduling needs to be smaller.
  • the description of the preamble change/preamble delivery instruction information in this application is still applicable, but in actual system implementation, a more fine-grained scheduling instruction method needs to be considered, and this application will not go into details.
  • FIG 8 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by this application. The method includes:
  • the ranging initiating device sends the first segment of the first UWB signal to the ranging response device.
  • the ranging response device receives the first segment of the first UWB signal from the ranging initiating device.
  • the first segment carries the first preamble.
  • the above-mentioned first preamble may be a preamble configured in the measurement control stage.
  • the first UWB signal may be a UWB signal sent by the ranging initiating device to the ranging response device
  • the second UWB signal below may be a UWB signal sent by the ranging response device to the ranging initiating device.
  • the ranging initiating device sends the second segment of the first UWB signal to the ranging response device.
  • the ranging response device receives the second segment of the first UWB signal from the ranging initiating device.
  • the second segment carries a second preamble, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different.
  • the first preamble and the second preamble are used to trigger the first operation. Specifically, the first operation is triggered by changing the first preamble to the second preamble. In this way, information can be indicated through UWB signals, thereby reducing the dependence of the UWB system on the NB signal and improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
  • the first operation may be to stop sending segments of the UWB signal, that is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to stop sending segments of the second UWB signal.
  • the first operation may also be to increase the number of segments of the UWB signal, that is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal.
  • the first operation may also be to send a first instruction, and the first instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel. That is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to send the first instruction to the ranging initiating device.
  • the first operation may also be to report the measurement results. That is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to report the measurement result of the first UWB signal.
  • the first operation may also be a response to a second instruction for activating the distance measuring wheel. That is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to respond to the second instruction from the ranging initiating device.
  • the first operation may also include any of the following operations: stopping sending segments of the second UWB signal; increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal; sending a first indication to the first device, the first indication using to start the distance measuring wheel; to report the measurement results; or to respond to a second instruction from the first device, the second instruction being used to start the distance measuring wheel.
  • the first operation is to stop sending segments of the second UWB signal and send the first indication to the first device.
  • the first operation is to increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal and report the measurement results.
  • first preamble and the second preamble may also indicate other operations or other information, which are not specifically limited here.
  • the specific manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation will be described in detail below.
  • the ranging response device performs the first operation according to the first preamble and the second preamble.
  • the preamble change indication information is used. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability that the opposite end device (that is, the ranging response device) receives the information, thereby improving the probability of receiving the information. Reliability and robustness of UWB systems. For example, if the peer device is instructed to stop sending UWB signal segments through the NB channel, if the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the peer device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the peer device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal.
  • the preamble code is changed to trigger the opposite end device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the opposite end device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time.
  • UWB resources can be released in time and the utilization rate of UWB resources can be improved.
  • the power consumption of the device can be reduced, and the interference to other devices can also be reduced.
  • the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby avoiding the reduction of UWB signal power and the degradation of the signal reception quality of the initiator of the opposite end device (that is, the ranging response device).
  • the ranging initiating device may change the preamble carried in the segment of the first UWB signal to the second preamble when determining that the ranging response device performs the first operation. In this manner, the ranging response device triggers the ranging response device to perform the first operation when detecting a change in the preamble.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device are configured to interact with 8 segments in the measurement control phase, and the segments are configured to carry preamble 1, for example, through the polling signal and response signal in the ranging control phase. Configure the number of segments to 8 and the preamble to 1.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device send each segment in sequence, and each segment carries preamble 1.
  • this application only takes the example of configuring the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device to carry the same preamble (i.e., preamble 1) in the ranging control phase as an example. In a specific implementation, it may also be configured The segments of the ranging initiating device and the ranging responding device carry different preambles, which are not specifically limited here.
  • the ranging process can be as shown in Figure 9.
  • the ranging initiating device receives segment 2 of UWB signal 2 sent by the ranging response device, it determines the accumulated signal strength of the received segments ( For example, SNR value), the ranging initiating device can carry preamble 2 in segment 3 of UWB signal 1, as shown in Figure 10.
  • segment sent in time unit 0 is segment 0
  • segment sent in time unit 1 is segment 1
  • segment sent in time unit 7 is segment 7 as an example for explanation. This application does not limit the relationship between the serial number of the time unit and the segment serial number.
  • the ranging initiating device may carry the second preamble in one or more segments sent after determining that the ranging response device performs the first operation.
  • the ranging initiating device can carry preamble 2 in segment 3 of UWB signal 1 and subsequent segments, as shown in Figure 11.
  • the ranging initiating device may stop sending the second preamble after determining that the ranging response device detects the second preamble, or when a preconfigured maximum number of segments of the first UWB signal is reached.
  • sending the second preamble can be understood as sending the segment carrying the second preamble
  • stopping sending the second preamble can be understood as stopping sending the segment carrying the second preamble
  • the following describes three ways for the ranging initiating device to determine that the ranging response device has detected the second preamble carried in the second segment.
  • Method 1 The ranging initiating device receives the third segment in the second UWB signal.
  • the third segment carries the third preamble.
  • the third preamble Used to indicate that the second preamble is detected. For example, based on the example shown in Figure 10 above, after detecting the preamble 2 carried in segment 3 of UWB signal 1, the ranging response device can carry a preamble different from preamble 1 in segment 3 of UWB signal 2. code (preamble code 3 is taken as an example in Figure 12), as shown in Figure 12.
  • the third preamble code is different from the first preamble code.
  • the third preamble code and the second preamble code may be the same or different, and are not specifically limited here.
  • This method can make the ranging initiating device confirm the transmission of information successfully through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
  • the ranging initiating device sends a second preamble to the ranging response device through the second segment, and the ranging response device sends a third preamble to the ranging initiating device through the third segment, so that the ranging initiating device determines the measurement Until the responding device detects the second preamble, this process can be called a two-way handshake process.
  • Method 2 The ranging initiating device does not receive the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment and the second segment are located in the same time unit. For example, with reference to the above example shown in Figure 10, after detecting segment 3 of UWB signal 1, the ranging response device may no longer send segment 3 of UWB signal 2 and subsequent segments. As shown in Figure 13.
  • this second method can be applied in scenarios where the ranging response device has relatively strong processing capabilities and can complete the segmentation before the second segment before sending the fourth segment. Segment signal merging.
  • the ranging response device may stop sending the segment of the second UWB signal after detecting the second preamble in the second segment.
  • Method 3 The ranging initiating device does not receive the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, and the time unit of the fifth segment is later than the time unit of the second segment.
  • method three can be applied in scenarios where the processing capability of the ranging response device is relatively weak and the processing capability of the ranging response device is relatively weak and cannot complete the segmentation before the second segment before sending the fourth segment.
  • Segment signal merging After detecting the second preamble in the second segment, the ranging response device may start the next time unit of the time unit where the second segment is located or one or more intervals after the time unit where the second segment is located. The time unit starts to stop the segment in which the second UWB signal is not sent.
  • the ranging response device detects UWB signal 1 After segment 3, segment 4 and subsequent segments of UWB signal 2 may no longer be sent, as shown in Figure 14.
  • the above describes the solution in which the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to perform the first operation through the preamble of the UWB signal.
  • the following is the behavior of the ranging initiating device after instructing the ranging response device to perform the first operation.
  • the ranging initiating device may also perform the first operation after determining that the ranging response device detects the second preamble.
  • the ranging initiating device may stop sending segments of the first UWB signal after determining that the ranging response device detects the second preamble. For example, with reference to the example shown in FIG. 12 above, the ranging initiating device may stop sending segment 4 and subsequent segments of the UWB signal, as shown in FIG. 15 .
  • the ranging initiating device may increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal after determining that the ranging response device detects the second preamble.
  • This example can be used in a scenario where the respective receiver noise levels of the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device are the same or close.
  • the ranging initiating device accumulates based on the currently accumulated received segments of the second UWB signal.
  • the received signal quality such as signal-noise ratio (SNR) value
  • the received signal quality such as SNR value
  • the ranging initiating device can also perform the first operation, so that the consistency of ranging behaviors of the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device can be maintained.
  • the ranging initiating device can also perform other operations under the instruction of the ranging response device.
  • the ranging response device can instruct the ranging initiating device to perform the second operation through A to A3 as follows:
  • the ranging response device sends the sixth segment of the second UWB signal to the ranging initiating device, and the sixth segment carries the first preamble.
  • the ranging response device sends the seventh segment of the second UWB signal to the ranging initiating device.
  • the seventh segment carries the fourth preamble, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble.
  • A3 The ranging initiating device performs the second operation based on the first preamble and the fourth preamble.
  • the process in which the ranging response device instructs the ranging initiating device to perform the second operation is similar to the process in which the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to perform the first operation.
  • the ranging response device instructs the ranging initiating device to perform the first operation.
  • the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to stop sending UWB signal 2 through the preamble change of segment 3 of UWB signal 1. After segmentation. Since the noise level of the ranging response device is significantly different from that of the ranging initiating device, the ranging response device still needs to receive more segments of UWB signal 1 for signal merging. Therefore, the ranging initiating device continues to send segments of UWB signal 1 to the ranging responding device.
  • the segment sent after segment 3 of UWB signal 1 may carry preamble 1.
  • the ranging response device determines the accumulated signal strength (such as SNR value) of the received segments when receiving segment 5 of UWB signal 1 sent by the ranging sending device, the ranging response device can send segments of the UWB signal. Segment 5 and carries a preamble different from preamble 1 in this segment (preamble 2 is taken as an example in Figure 16). After the ranging initiating device detects preamble 2 carried in segment 5 of UWB signal 2 , stop sending segment 6 of UWB signal 1 and subsequent segments. As shown in Figure 16.
  • the ranging initiating device detects preamble 2 carried in segment 5 of UWB signal 2 , stop sending segment 6 of UWB signal 1 and subsequent segments. As shown in Figure 16.
  • the ranging initiating device can send the UWB signal. Segment 6 of 1, and carry preamble 3 in this segment, and stop sending segment 7 of UWB signal 1 and subsequent segments.
  • the above describes the process of the ranging initiating device instructing the ranging response device to perform the first operation.
  • the following describes the process of the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determining the first operation.
  • the ranging initiating device indicates the first operation through the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  • the ranging response device may determine the first operation according to the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  • time unit 4 is used to instruct to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal
  • time unit 7 is used to instruct to increase the number of segments of the UWB signal.
  • the ranging initiating device can send the second segment in time slot 4.
  • the ranging initiating device can send the second segment in the time unit 4. Change the preamble carried by the segment of the first UWB signal to preamble 2.
  • the ranging response device detects that the preamble code changes in time unit 4, and stops sending the segments of UWB signal 2, as shown in Figure 17.
  • the ranging initiating device can send the second segment in time unit 7. In other words, the ranging initiating device can send the first segment in time unit 7.
  • the preamble carried by the segments of the UWB signal is changed to preamble 2.
  • the ranging response device detects that a preamble code change occurs in time unit 7, it increases the segments of UWB signal 2 by 3 segments. As shown in Figure 18.
  • different information can be indicated by changing the preamble in different time units.
  • This method can reduce signaling overhead through implicit indication.
  • each operation can correspond to one or more time units, which are not specifically limited here.
  • the location of the time unit corresponding to each operation can be preconfigured.
  • the operation corresponding to the time unit in which the second segment is located may also be determined by the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device based on the first information.
  • the first information indicates the operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and the at least one time unit includes the third time unit.
  • the first information may be pre-agreed by the ranging initiating device and the ranging responding device.
  • the ranging initiating device sends the first information to the ranging response device, where the ranging initiating device can determine the first information in the following manner: generated by itself or received from a third device.
  • the ranging response device sends the first information to the ranging initiating device, where the ranging response device can determine the first information in the following manner: generated by itself or received from a third device.
  • the first information is exchanged through the NB channel, for example, it can be carried in the polling signal.
  • the first information may be obtained by the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device from the third device.
  • the first information may be as shown in Table 1.
  • Table 1 is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit the number of time units corresponding to each operation. Furthermore, this application is not limited to instructing the operations listed in Table 1.
  • the first information may also instruct operations other than those listed in Table 1, or the first information may only instruct some operations in Table 1, or it may also be predefined. Part/all of table 1 combined with operations outside of predefined table 1, etc.
  • the meaning of starting a distance measuring wheel includes but is not limited to: starting a new distance measuring wheel that is adjacent or not adjacent in time, the current round of measurement reporting stage is directly used to start a new distance measuring wheel, etc.
  • This application is The time period for starting the measuring wheel is not specifically limited.
  • the first information may be carried in the cell in the form of a list, as shown in Figure 19.
  • the time unit list length field is used to indicate the length of the time unit list. Specifically, it may indicate the number of time units configured in the first information.
  • the time unit list field is used to indicate the operations corresponding to each time unit.
  • the time unit list field may include a time unit index subfield and an operation index subfield.
  • the time unit index subfield includes one or more time units
  • the operation index subfield includes operations corresponding to the time units.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation based on the second information.
  • the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal is changed, the ranging response device is instructed to perform the first operation.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the second information
  • the field values corresponding to each operation can be predefined, so that the second information can indicate the corresponding operation through specific values.
  • the field values corresponding to each operation can be as shown in Table 2.
  • Table 2 is only an illustrative description, and this application does not limit the values corresponding to each operation. Moreover, this application is not limited to predefining the operations listed in Table 2. It can also predefine operations other than Table 2, or it can also predefine only some of the operations in Table 2, or it can also predefine the operations of Table 2. Some/all combinations of operations outside of predefined table 2, etc.
  • the method for the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device to obtain the values corresponding to each operation please refer to the method for the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device to obtain the first information, which will not be repeated here.
  • the preamble change indicates that the number of segments of the UWB signal is doubled.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging responding device have pre-arranged that both parties will interact with two segments for ranging.
  • both the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device use the same preamble sequence (assumed to be preamble 1).
  • the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to double the number of segments of the UWB signal 2 by changing the preamble in time unit 1, that is, 4 segments.
  • the ranging initiating device determines that the number of segments needs to be further increased in time unit 3, it instructs the ranging response device to double the number of segments of UWB signal 2 by changing the preamble in time unit 3. That is 8 segments.
  • the specific change method of the preamble is not distinguished (preamble 1 becomes preamble 2, or preamble 2 changes back to preamble 1). As long as the preamble is changed, the operation indicated by the second information is performed. . Taking the preamble changing mode as preamble 1 to preamble 2 as an example, the process can be shown in Figure 20.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation based on the third information.
  • the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes a second preamble.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the third information
  • the third information may be as shown in Table 3.
  • Table 3 is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit the operations corresponding to each preamble index. Moreover, this application is not limited to instructing the operations listed in Table 3.
  • the third information can also instruct operations other than those listed in Table 3. Alternatively, the third information can also instruct only some of the operations in Table 3. Alternatively, the third information can also instruct some operations listed in Table 3. Instructs some/all of the operations in Table 3 combined with operations outside of Table 3, and so on.
  • the third information may be carried in the cell in the form of a list, as shown in Figure 21.
  • the preamble list length field is used to indicate the length of the preamble list, and specifically may indicate the number of preambles configured in the third information.
  • the preamble list field is used to indicate the operation corresponding to each preamble.
  • the preamble list field may include a preamble index subfield and an operation index subfield.
  • the preamble index subfield includes one or more preambles
  • the operation index subfield includes operations corresponding to the preambles.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device have agreed in advance that each of them will interact with 8 segments for ranging. If the ranging initiating device does not need to indicate information to the ranging response device, the preamble with index 0 can be carried in the segment. If the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to stop sending a segment of the UWB signal, the preamble with index 1 may be carried in the segment. The ranging response device stops sending segments of UWB signal 2 after detecting the preamble with index 1.
  • the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to double the number of segments of the UWB signal
  • the preamble with index 2 can be carried in the segments.
  • the ranging response device doubles the number of segments of UWB signal 2 after detecting the preamble with index 2, that is, 16 segments.
  • different preambles can be generated based on the same sequence with different cyclic shift lengths. Therefore, the third information can represent the corresponding preamble through different cyclic shift lengths.
  • the cyclic shift length can be a numerical value.
  • Example 1 of circular shift Assume that the sequence is ⁇ 1,0,-1,1,-1 ⁇ , the shift length is 2, and moving to the right side of the sequence, the sequence generated after the circular shift is ⁇ 1,-1 ,1,0,-1 ⁇ .
  • the first to third elements of the original sequence from left to right, 1,0,-1 now become the third to fifth elements of the newly generated sequence.
  • the fourth to fifth elements of the original sequence, 1 and -1 now become the first to second elements of the newly generated sequence.
  • Example 2 of circular shift Assume that the sequence is ⁇ 0,1,0,-1,1 ⁇ , the shift length is 3, and moving to the left of the sequence, the sequence generated after circular shift is ⁇ 0,-1, 1,0,1 ⁇ .
  • the third to fifth elements of the original sequence from left to right, 0, -1, and 1 now become the first to third elements of the newly generated sequence.
  • the third information may also be as shown in Table 4.
  • the second preamble may be determined according to the first preamble and one cyclic shift length of at least one cyclic shift length.
  • the cyclic displacement length is used to represent the preamble
  • the preamble index subfield in Figure 21 can be replaced with a cyclic displacement length subfield
  • the cyclic displacement length subfield includes one or more cyclic displacement lengths.
  • the third information can also be presented using a combination of Table 3 and Table 4.
  • some preambles use a cyclic displacement length to represent the preamble, and other preambles use a preamble index to represent the preamble. This application does not provide details. limited.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation according to the fourth information.
  • the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change.
  • the preamble change includes a preamble before the change and a preamble after the change.
  • the preamble before the change is the first preamble, and the preamble after the change is the third preamble.
  • the second preamble code, or the preamble code before the change is the second preamble code, and the preamble code after the change is the first preamble code.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the fourth information
  • the expression method and transmission method of the fourth information are similar to the expression method and transmission method of the third information, and will not be explained here.
  • At least one detection point can be predefined, and the at least one detection point is used to initiate the preamble change, wherein a detection point can be a time unit, or one or more times included in a time period. time unit.
  • the ranging initiating device can initiate the preamble change at any detection point.
  • the above-mentioned second segment can be sent at one of the detection points.
  • the ranging response device may detect the preamble change only for the above-mentioned at least one detection point.
  • the ranging response device can only detect whether the preamble code changes in part of the time unit. Compared with detecting the preamble code change in all time units, this method can reduce the power consumption of the ranging response device.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the at least one detection point based on the fifth information.
  • the fifth information is used to configure the above-mentioned at least one detection point.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the fifth information
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device have agreed in advance that each of them will interact with 16 segments for ranging.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device can pre-agree that only in time unit 0, time unit 1, time unit 3, time unit 7, and time unit 15 Detect whether the preamble has changed.
  • the fifth information may be carried in the cell in the form of a list, as shown in Figure 22.
  • the detection point list length field is used to indicate the length of the detection point list. Specifically, it may indicate the number of detection points configured in the fifth information.
  • the detection point list field is used to indicate individual detection points.
  • the detection point list field may include a detection point index subfield and a time unit index subfield.
  • the detection point index subfield includes the index of one or more detection points
  • the time unit index subfield includes the time unit corresponding to the detection point.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device involved in the embodiments of this application may interact one-to-one, that is, a ranging initiating device and a ranging response device interact.
  • it can also be one-to-many interaction, that is, one ranging initiating device interacts with multiple ranging response devices; or it can also be many-to-one interaction, that is, multiple ranging initiating devices and one ranging response device Interaction; or, it can also be many-to-many interaction, that is, multiple ranging initiating devices and multiple ranging response devices interact.
  • This application only describes the interaction between a ranging initiating device and a ranging responding device. In other scenarios, you can also refer to the method described in this application, and will not be explained one by one here.
  • the information elements can be one or more of the following frames: data frame, beacon frame, enhanced beacon frame, acknowledgment frame (ack frame), MAC command frame (MAC command frame), multipurpose frame (Multipurpose frame), extended frame (extended frame) and other bearer forms. This application does not place any restrictions on the bearer form of the cell.
  • the cells carrying the aforementioned first information/second information/third information/fourth information/fifth information can be used in the ranging control phase, or can also be used in device discovery, connection establishment, etc. earlier than ranging control. It can be used in the time phase of the phase, or it can also be used in the ranging management phase in the beacon frame interval period, etc. This application does not make any limitation on the phase in which the cell is used.
  • the ranging response device may need to consider the time unit occupied by the transmission of the increased segments when increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal.
  • Five examples of increased time units occupied by segmented transmissions are described below.
  • Example 1 The time unit in the measurement reporting phase of this distance measuring wheel can be used to transmit the added segments. That is, the time unit occupied by the transmission of the added segments can be the time unit in the measurement reporting phase, as shown in the figure. 23 shown.
  • Example 2 If there are remaining time units after sending the original segments of the second UWB signal during the measurement phase of this distance measuring wheel, the remaining time units can also be used to transmit the additional segments, that is, to increase the The time unit occupied by the segmented transmission may be the remaining time unit in the measurement phase, as shown in Figure 24.
  • Example 3 The time unit in the next distance measurement wheel of this distance measurement wheel can also be used to transmit the increased segments. That is, the time unit occupied by the transmission of the additional segments can be the time unit in the next distance measurement wheel. time unit. Assuming that this distance measuring wheel is distance measuring wheel 0, the time unit where the added segment is located can be the time unit in distance measuring wheel 1, as shown in Figure 25.
  • Example 4 The time unit in a distance measuring wheel after the current measurement wheel in this cycle can also be used to transmit the added segments.
  • the distance measurement wheel may not be adjacent to the current distance measurement wheel. That is to say, the time unit occupied by the increased segment transmission can be the time unit in a distance measuring wheel later than this distance measuring wheel.
  • this cycle is cycle 0, and this distance measuring wheel is distance measuring wheel 0 in cycle 0, then the time unit of the added segment can be the time unit of distance measuring wheel 3 in cycle 0, as shown in Figure 26 .
  • the cycle can also be called a block.
  • Example 5 The time unit in any distance measuring wheel in the period after this period can also be used to transmit the added segments. That is to say, the time unit occupied by the increased segment transmission can be the time unit in any ranging wheel in the cycle after this cycle. This application does not limit the number of cycles between two cycles.
  • the distance measuring wheel can have the same serial number as the current distance measuring wheel, that is, the time unit occupied by the increased segment transmission can be the distance measuring wheel with the same serial number as the current measuring wheel in the period after this cycle. time unit in . Assume that this cycle is cycle 0, and this distance measuring wheel is distance measuring wheel 0 in cycle 0, then the time unit of the added segment can be the time unit of distance measuring wheel 0 in cycle 2, as shown in Figure 27 . This application does not limit the number of cycles between two cycles.
  • the sequence numbers of the distance measuring wheel and the current distance measuring wheel may also be inconsistent. That is, the time unit occupied by the increased segment transmission may be the ranging sequence number in the period after this cycle that is different from the current measurement wheel.
  • This application does not limit the relationship between the serial numbers of the two distance measuring wheels.
  • the ranging initiating device can also perform similar processing, which will not be described here.
  • the ranging initiating device sends the first segment of the first UWB signal to the ranging response device.
  • the ranging response device receives the first segment of the first UWB signal from the ranging initiating device.
  • the first segment carries preamble A, and preamble A is used to trigger operation 1.
  • preamble A can be different from preamble D, and preamble D can be the preamble configured in the measurement control stage.
  • preambles A to C in the method described in Figure 29 correspond one to one to the first to third preambles in the third and fourth aspects of the invention.
  • Operations 1 and 2 in the method described in Figure 29 correspond one-to-one to the first and second operations in the third and fourth aspects of the invention.
  • the first UWB signal may be a UWB signal sent by the ranging initiating device to the ranging response device
  • the second UWB signal below may be a UWB signal sent by the ranging response device to the ranging initiating device.
  • the ranging initiating device may also send at least one segment of the first UWB signal.
  • the preamble carried by the at least one segment may be preamble A or preamble A. D, there is no specific limit here.
  • S2902 The ranging response device performs operation 1 according to the preamble A.
  • the information is indicated through the preamble.
  • LBT Low-power Bluetooth
  • the peer device that is, the ranging response device
  • the peer device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the peer device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power.
  • the preamble is used to trigger the opposite end device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the opposite end device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time.
  • UWB resources can be released in time to improve the utilization of UWB resources, and on the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced.
  • the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby avoiding the reduction of UWB signal power and the degradation of the signal reception quality of the initiator of the opposite end device (that is, the ranging response device).
  • the ranging initiating device may carry the preamble A in the segment of the first UWB signal when determining that the ranging response device performs operation 1. In this way, the ranging response device triggers the ranging response device to perform operation 1 when detecting the preamble A.
  • the specific process is similar to the process of changing the preamble of the ranging initiating device in the method described in Figure 8. The difference is that the previous section is to change the preamble, and here it carries a specific preamble (that is, preamble A). For details, please refer to Figure 8 In the method, the process of changing the preamble code by the ranging initiating device will not be described again.
  • the method described in Figure 29 above can be applied to non-interleaved MMS.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device have agreed in advance that each party will send 4 segments for ranging.
  • the ranging response device sequentially sends four segments of UWB signal 2 (ie, segment 0 to segment 3) to the ranging initiating device. After receiving the UWB signal, the ranging initiating device After the 4 segments of 2, the 4 segments of UWB signal 1 are sent to the ranging response device, as shown in Figure 30.
  • the ranging initiating device receives segment 1 of UWB signal 2 sent by the ranging response device, it determines the accumulated signal strength of the received segments (for example, SNR value), the ranging initiating device can send segment 0 of UWB signal 1 to the ranging response device, and carry preamble A in segment 0.
  • the ranging response device stops sending segment 2 and segment 3 of UWB signal 2 after receiving segment 0 of UWB signal 1.
  • the ranging initiating device can continue to send segment 1 to segment 3 of UWB signal 1, where segment 1 to segment 3 of UWB signal 1 can carry a preamble.
  • Code A can also carry preamble D, which is not specifically limited here, as shown in Figure 31.
  • the ranging initiating device may carry the preamble A in one or more segments sent after determining that the ranging response device performs operation 1.
  • the ranging initiating device can carry the second preamble in one or more segments sent after determining that the ranging response device performs operation 1. The description will not be repeated here.
  • the ranging initiating device may stop sending the preamble A after determining that the ranging response device detects the preamble A, or when a preconfigured number of segments of the first UWB signal is reached.
  • send preamble A can be understood as sending segments carrying preamble A
  • stop sending preamble A can be understood as stopping sending segments carrying preamble A
  • the way in which the ranging initiating device determines that the ranging response device detects preamble A is similar to the way in which the ranging initiating device determines that the ranging response device detects the second preamble carried in the second segment.
  • the similarities are shown in Figure 8 The relevant descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to perform operation 1
  • the ranging initiating device receives the fifth segment of the second UWB signal from the ranging response device, and the fifth segment carries the preamble C
  • the ranging initiating device Perform operation 2 based on preamble C.
  • operation 2 please refer to the relevant description of the first operation in the method described in Figure 8, and the description will not be repeated here. It should be noted that operation 2 and operation 1 may be the same or different, and are not specifically limited here.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging responding device can determine operation 1 in the following ways:
  • the distance initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation based on information 1.
  • information 1 indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and at least one preamble includes preamble A.
  • information 1 corresponds to the first information in the third aspect and the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • At least one detection point may also be predefined, and the at least one detection point is a time unit for sending preamble A (or other specific preambles, such as preamble B, preamble C, etc.).
  • the ranging initiating device can send preamble A (or other specific preambles, such as preamble B, preamble C, etc.) at any detection point.
  • the first segment can be sent at one of the detection points.
  • the ranging response device may detect the specific preamble only for the above-mentioned at least one detection point.
  • the ranging response device can only detect the specific preamble in part of the time unit. Compared with detecting the specific preamble in all time units, this method can reduce the power consumption of the ranging response device.
  • the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the above at least one detection point based on information 2.
  • Information 2 is used to configure at least one of the above detection points. Among them, information 2 corresponds to the second information in the third aspect and the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the ranging response device may need to consider the time unit occupied by the transmission of the increased segments when increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal.
  • preambles including but not limited to the following types: Ipatov sequence, Golay sequence, M sequence, complementary zero-sum cross-correlation (CZC) sequence ), supercomplementary zero-sum cross-correlation (SZC), ZC (Zadoff–Chu) sequence, etc.
  • CZC complementary zero-sum cross-correlation
  • SZC supercomplementary zero-sum cross-correlation
  • ZC Zadoff–Chu sequence
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the structure of the communication device can be shown in Figure 32, including a transceiver module 3001 and a processing module 3002.
  • the transceiver module 3001 may include a transmit module (transport module, Tx module) and a receive module (receive module, Rx module), where the transmit module is used to send signals and the receive module is used to receive signals.
  • the communication device can also include a radio frequency unit (RF unit).
  • the radio frequency unit can be used to transmit signals to a receiving end device.
  • the sending module can transmit the signal to be sent to the radio frequency unit for transmission.
  • the receiving module can receive signals from The signal of the radio frequency unit is sent to the processing module 3002 for further processing.
  • the communication device may be used to implement the method performed by the first device in the embodiment of FIG. 8 .
  • the device may be the first device itself, or may be a chip or chipset or chip in the first device. part of the function used to perform related methods.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is used to communicate with the second device.
  • the processing module 3002 is configured to send the second device to the second device through the transceiver module 3001.
  • a first segment of a UWB signal wherein the first segment carries a first preamble; and sending a second segment of the first UWB signal to the second device through the transceiver module 3001, wherein the second segment carries a first Two preambles, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to trigger the first operation, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different.
  • the first operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the processing module 3002 is also used to determine that the second device detects the second preamble.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to send at least one segment, and at least one segment carries the second preamble, before the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the second preamble.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to stop sending the second preamble after determining that the second device detects the second preamble.
  • the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: receiving the third segment in the second UWB signal through the transceiver module 3001, and the third segment carries the third Preamble, the third preamble is used to indicate that the second preamble is detected.
  • the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the fourth segment in the second UWB signal is not received, and the fourth segment is not the same as the second segment. in the same time unit.
  • the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the fifth segment of the second UWB signal is not received, and the time unit where the fifth segment is located is later than The time unit where the second segment is located.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to perform the first operation after determining that the second device detects the second preamble.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to receive the sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, where the sixth segment carries the first preamble; and, receive the sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device.
  • the seventh segment carries a fourth preamble, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to perform a second operation according to the first preamble and the fourth preamble.
  • the second operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to indicate the first operation through the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation corresponding to the time unit where the second segment is located based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and the at least one time unit includes the time unit where the second segment is located. time unit; the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from the second device, or the first information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also used to send the first information to the second device.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the second information; wherein the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal is changed, instruct the second device to perform the first operation; the second information is the first operation.
  • One device determines, or the second information comes from a second device, or the second information comes from a third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also used to send the second information to the second device.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the third information; wherein the third information indicates the operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the second preamble; the third information is determined by the first device, Alternatively, the third information comes from the second device, or the third information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also used to send the third information to the second device.
  • the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is based on the first preamble and at least one cycle in a cycle shift length The shift length is determined.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the fourth information; wherein the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change, and the preamble change includes the preamble before the change and the preamble after the change.
  • the preamble is the first precode
  • the changed preamble is the second precode, or the preamble before the change is the second precode, and the changed preamble is the first precode
  • the fourth information is the first
  • the device determines, or the fourth information comes from the second device, or the fourth information comes from the third device.
  • the preamble before the change is determined based on the first preamble and the first cyclic shift length
  • the preamble after the change is determined based on the first preamble and the second cyclic shift length
  • the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine at least one detection point based on fifth information, and the fifth information is used to configure at least one detection point; the fifth information is determined by the first device, or the fifth information comes from the second device, or, The fifth information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to send the fifth information to the second device.
  • the communication device can be specifically used to implement the method performed by the second device in the embodiment of Figure 8.
  • the device can be the second device itself, or it can be a chip or chipset or chip in the second device. part of the function used to perform related methods.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is configured to receive the first segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, wherein the first segment carries the first preamble; and, receive the first segment from the first device.
  • a second segment of a first UWB signal, wherein the second segment carries a second preamble, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different.
  • Processing module 3002 configured to perform a first operation according to the first preamble and the second preamble.
  • the first operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to send a third segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, where the third segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to indicate that the second preamble is detected.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: starting from the fourth segment of the second UWB signal, stop sending the segments of the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment and the second segment are located in the same time unit.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: starting from the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, stop sending the segments of the second UWB signal, and the time unit of the fifth segment is later than the time of the second segment. unit.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: send the sixth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, where the sixth segment carries the first preamble; and send the seventh segment of the second UWB signal to the first device.
  • segment, the seventh segment carries the fourth preamble, the fourth preamble and the first preamble are used to trigger the first operation, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble.
  • the second operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation corresponding to the time unit where the second segment is located based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and the at least one time unit includes the time unit where the second segment is located. time unit; the first information is determined by the second device, or the first information comes from the first device, or the first information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also used to: send the first information to the first device.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the second information; wherein the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal is changed, instruct the second device to perform the first operation; the second information is the first operation.
  • the second device determines, alternatively, the second information comes from The first device, or the second information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: the second device sends the second information to the first device.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the third information; wherein the third information indicates the operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the second preamble; the third information is determined by the second device, Either the third information comes from the first device, or the third information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: the second device sends the third information to the first device.
  • the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is based on the first preamble and at least A cyclic shift length is determined by a cyclic shift length.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the fourth information; wherein the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change, and the preamble change includes the preamble before the change and the preamble after the change.
  • the preamble is the first precode
  • the changed preamble is the second precode, or the preamble before the change is the second precode, and the changed preamble is the first precode;
  • the fourth information is the second
  • the device determines, or the fourth information comes from the first device, or the fourth information comes from the third device.
  • the preamble before the change is determined based on the first preamble and the first cyclic shift length
  • the preamble after the change is determined based on the first preamble and the second cyclic shift length
  • the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to determine at least one detection point based on fifth information, and the fifth information is used to configure at least one detection point; the fifth information is determined by the second device, or the fifth information comes from the first device, or, The fifth information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: the second device sends the fifth information to the first device.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the method performed by the first device in the embodiment of Figure 29.
  • the device can be the first device itself, or it can be a chip or chipset or chip in the first device. part of the function used to perform related methods.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is used to communicate with the second device.
  • the processing module 3002 is configured to send the first segment of the first UWB signal to the second device through the transceiver module 3001, where the first segment carries a first preamble, and the first preamble is used to trigger the first operation;
  • the first operation includes one or more of the following: stopping sending segments of the second UWB signal; or increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal; or sending a first indication to the first device,
  • the first instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel; or, to report the measurement results; or to respond to the second instruction from the first device, where the second instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel.
  • the processing module 3002 is also used to determine that the second device detects the first preamble.
  • the transceiving module 3001 is also configured to: before the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble, send at least one segment, and the at least one segment carries the first preamble.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: stop sending the first preamble after the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble.
  • the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: receiving the second segment in the second UWB signal through the transceiver module 3001, and the second segment carries the second preamble, and the second segment carries the second preamble.
  • the second preamble is used to indicate that the first preamble is detected.
  • the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the transceiver module 3001 does not receive the third segment in the second UWB signal, and the third segment is the same as the first segment. in the same time unit.
  • the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the fourth segment of the second UWB signal is not received by the transceiver module 3001, and the time unit where the fourth segment is located is later than The time unit of the first segment.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: receive the fifth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, where the fifth segment carries the third preamble; and the first device performs the second operation according to the third preamble.
  • the second operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to: determine a first operation according to the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the first preamble; the first information is determined by the first device , or the first information comes from the second device, or the first information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also used to: send the first information to the second device.
  • the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the first preamble is based on a preset preamble and At least one of the cyclic shift lengths is determined by one of the cyclic shift lengths.
  • the time unit in which the first segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to: determine at least one detection point according to the second information, and the second information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from the second device, or , the second information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also used to: send the second information to the second device.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the method performed by the second device in the embodiment of Figure 29.
  • the device can be the second device itself, or it can be a chip or chipset or chip in the second device. part of the function used to perform related methods.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is configured to receive a first segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, where the first segment carries a first preamble.
  • Processing module 3002, configured to perform a first operation according to the first preamble.
  • the first operation is to stop sending segments of the second UWB signal; or, the first operation is to increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal; or, the first operation is to send a signal to the first device.
  • Send a first instruction the first instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel; or the first operation is to report the measurement results; or the first operation is to respond to the second instruction from the first device
  • the second indication is used to activate the distance measuring wheel.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: send a second segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, where the second segment carries a second preamble, and the second preamble is used to indicate that the first preamble is detected.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to stop sending the segments of the second UWB signal starting from the third segment of the second UWB signal, where the third segment and the first segment are located in the same time unit.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: starting from the fourth segment of the second UWB signal, stop sending the segments of the second UWB signal, where the time unit of the fourth segment is later than the time unit of the first segment.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: send the fifth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, where the fifth segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to trigger the second operation.
  • the second operation includes one or more of the following:
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to: determine a first operation according to the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the first preamble; the first information is determined by the second device , or the first information comes from the first device, or the first information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also used to: send the first information to the first device.
  • the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the first preamble is based on a preset preamble and at least A cyclic shift length is determined by a cyclic shift length.
  • the time unit in which the first segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
  • the processing module 3002 is also configured to: determine at least one detection point according to the second information, and the second information is used to configure at least one detection point; The second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from the first device, or the second information comes from the third device.
  • the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: the second device sends the second information to the first device.
  • each functional module in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit. In the device, it can exist physically alone, or two or more modules can be integrated into one module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It can be understood that, for the functions or implementation of each module in the embodiments of this application, further reference can be made to the relevant descriptions of the method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be as shown in Figure 33.
  • the device may be a communication device or a chip in the communication device, where the communication device may be the first device in the above embodiment or may be the first device in the above embodiment. of the second device.
  • the device includes a processor 3101 and a communication interface 3102, and may also include a memory 3103.
  • the processing module 3002 can be the processor 3101.
  • the transceiver module 3001 may be a communication interface 3102.
  • Figure 31 shows only the main components of the communication device.
  • the communication device may further include a memory 3103 and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).
  • the processor 3101 is used to execute the program code stored in the memory 3103, and is specifically used to execute the actions of the above-mentioned processing module 3002, which will not be described again in this application.
  • the communication interface 3102 is specifically used to perform the actions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 3001, which will not be described again in this application.
  • the processor 3101 may be a CPU, or a digital processing unit, or the like.
  • the processor 3101 can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, such as but not limited to baseband-related processing.
  • the communication interface 3102 may be used to transmit and receive signals, such as, but not limited to, radio frequency transmission and reception.
  • the above-mentioned devices may be arranged on separate chips, or at least part or all of them may be arranged on the same chip.
  • the processor 3101 can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor. Among them, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on an independent chip.
  • a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip.
  • application processors such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.
  • Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is independently installed on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific needs of product design.
  • the embodiments of the present invention do not limit the specific implementation forms of the above devices.
  • the communication interface 3102 may be a transceiver, an interface circuit such as a transceiver circuit, etc., or a transceiver chip, or the like.
  • the communication interface 3102 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • Memory 3103 is used to store programs executed by the processor 3101.
  • the memory 3103 can be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), or a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random access memory (random access memory). -access memory, RAM).
  • Memory 3103 is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the processor 3101 can read the software program in the memory 3103, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 3101 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 3101.
  • the processor 3101 converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the processor that performs baseband processing.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely and independently of the communication device. .
  • connection medium between the above-mentioned communication interface 3102, processor 3101 and memory 3103 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 3103, the processor 3101 and the communication interface 3102 are connected through a bus 3104 in Figure 31.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in Figure 31.
  • the connection methods between other components are only schematically explained. , is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 31, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the above communication device may be an independent device or may be a part of a larger device.
  • the communication device may be:
  • IC Independent integrated circuit
  • chip or chip system or subsystem
  • the IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data and instructions;
  • ASIC Application specific integrated circuit
  • Embodiments of the present invention also provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions required to execute the above processor, which includes programs required to execute the above processor.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including a communication device for realizing the function of the first device in the embodiment of FIG. 8 and a communication device for realizing the function of the second device in the embodiment of FIG. 8 .
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including a communication device for realizing the function of the first device in the embodiment of FIG. 29 and a communication device for realizing the function of the second device in the embodiment of FIG. 29 .
  • embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment that combines software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
  • computer-usable storage media including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory that causes a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction means, the instructions
  • the device implements the functions specified in a process or processes of the flowchart and/or a block or blocks of the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operating steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing, thereby executing on the computer or other programmable device.
  • Instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in a process or processes of a flowchart diagram and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus, which are used for reducing the dependence of a UWB system on a narrowband channel, and improving the reliability and robustness of a UWB ranging system. The method comprises: a first device sending a first segment of a first UWB signal to a second device, and then sending a second segment of the first UWB signal to the second device, wherein the first segment carries a first preamble, and the second segment carries a second preamble, the first preamble and the second preamble being used for triggering a first operation, and the first preamble being different from the second preamble. By means of preamble change indication information, the probability of a second device receiving information can be increased, and thus the reliability and robustness of a UWB system can be improved.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2022年09月09日提交中华人民共和国知识产权局、申请号为202211105530.3、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on September 9, 2022, with application number 202211105530.3 and the application title "A communication method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
超宽带(ultra wideband,UWB)技术是一种无线通信(或测距、感知等)技术,利用纳秒级的非正弦波窄脉冲信号。由于其脉冲很窄,且辐射谱密度极低,UWB系统具有多径分辨能力强、功耗低、保密性强等优点。Ultra wideband (UWB) technology is a wireless communication (or ranging, sensing, etc.) technology that uses nanosecond-level non-sinusoidal narrow pulse signals. Because its pulses are very narrow and the radiation spectrum density is extremely low, the UWB system has the advantages of strong multipath resolution, low power consumption, and strong confidentiality.
对于测距或感知场景,测量或感知的结果的精度跟信号带宽有很大关系,信号带宽越大,感知或测距得到的结果的精度越高,可以考虑将用于测距或感知的参考信号通过UWB系统收发,而把其他参考信号和/或数据的传输通过窄带信道传输,该处理方式可以理解为窄带信道辅助下的UWB测距或感知。若使用窄带信道进行通信,在进行通信之前,需要进行发送之前先监听(listen before talk,LBT)。若发送端设备监听到所需使用的窄带信道被其他设备占用,则无法使用该窄带信道,且进行退避等待,直到窄带信道空闲后才能继续竞争使用该窄带信道。For ranging or sensing scenarios, the accuracy of the measurement or sensing results has a great relationship with the signal bandwidth. The larger the signal bandwidth, the higher the accuracy of the sensing or ranging results. You can consider using the reference for ranging or sensing. Signals are sent and received through the UWB system, and other reference signals and/or data are transmitted through the narrowband channel. This processing method can be understood as UWB ranging or sensing assisted by the narrowband channel. If a narrowband channel is used for communication, listen before talk (LBT) needs to be performed before communication. If the sending device detects that the narrowband channel to be used is occupied by other devices, it will not be able to use the narrowband channel and will back off and wait until the narrowband channel becomes free before it can continue to compete for the use of the narrowband channel.
可见,UWB系统的运行依赖于是否可以竞争到窄带信道,导致UWB测距系统的可靠性和鲁棒性较低。It can be seen that the operation of the UWB system depends on whether it can compete for narrowband channels, resulting in low reliability and robustness of the UWB ranging system.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,用于降低UWB系统对窄带信道的依赖,提升UWB测距系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。This application provides a communication method and device to reduce the UWB system's dependence on narrowband channels and improve the reliability and robustness of the UWB ranging system.
第一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第一设备,该第一设备可以是测距发起设备也可以是测距响应设备,也可以是芯片或电路。方法包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第一UWB信号的第一分段,其中,第一分段携带第一前导码;第一设备向第二设备发送第一UWB信号的第二分段,其中,第二分段携带第二前导码,第一前导码和第二前导码用于触发第一操作,第一前导码和第二前导码不同。In the first aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a first device. The first device may be a ranging initiating device or a ranging responding device, or may be a chip or a circuit. The method includes: a first device sending a first segment of a first UWB signal to a second device, where the first segment carries a first preamble; and the first device sending a second segment of the first UWB signal to the second device. , wherein the second segment carries a second preamble, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to trigger the first operation, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different.
本申请实施例中通过前导码变更指示信息,相比于通过NB信道发送该信息,无需进行LBT,从而可以提升第二设备接收到该信息的概率,进而可以提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。例如,通过NB信道指示第二设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,若LBT未竞争到该NB信道,导致第二设备无法及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而导致第二设备继续发送UWB信号的分段,一方面导致UWB资源被占用,比较浪费,另一方面导致设备的功耗较大。而本申请实施例中通过前导码变更触发第二设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,使得第二设备可以及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而可以及时停止发送UWB信号的分段。通过该方式,一方面可以及时释放UWB资源,提升UWB资源的利用率,另一方面可以降低设备的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble change indication information is used. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability of the second device receiving the information, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system. sex. For example, the second device is instructed to stop sending segments of the UWB signal through the NB channel. If the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the second device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the second device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power. In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble change is used to trigger the second device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the second device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time. Through this method, on the one hand, UWB resources can be released in time to improve the utilization of UWB resources, and on the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced.
并且,通过前导码变更的方式指示信息,可以避免UWB信号携带数据,从而可以避免UWB信号功率降低,避免降低第二设备的信号接收质量。In addition, by indicating information in the form of preamble change, the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby preventing the UWB signal power from being reduced and the signal reception quality of the second device being reduced.
一种可能的设计中,第一操作包括以下一种或多种:In a possible design, the first operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the second UWB signal;
或者,增加第二UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal;
或者,向第一设备发送第一指示,第一指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, send a first instruction to the first device, the first instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第一设备的第二指示进行应答,第二指示用于启动测距轮。 Alternatively, respond to a second instruction from the first device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备可以在确定第二设备执行第一操作时,发送第二分段,也就是将第一UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更为第二前导码。通过该方式,使得第二设备在检测到前导码发生变更时执行第一操作。In a possible design, when determining that the second device performs the first operation, the first device may send the second segment, that is, change the preamble carried by the segment of the first UWB signal into the second preamble. In this way, the second device is caused to perform the first operation when detecting that the preamble code is changed.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备确定第二设备检测到第二前导码。通过上述可以保证第二设备可以检测到第二前导码,使得第二设备和第一设备所指示的信息保持一致。In a possible design, the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble. Through the above, it can be ensured that the second device can detect the second preamble, so that the information indicated by the second device and the first device remains consistent.
一种可能的设计中,在第一设备确定第二设备检测到第二前导码之前,方法还包括:第一设备发送至少一个分段,至少一个分段携带第二前导码。通过上述可以保证第二设备成功检测到第二前导码,从而提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。In a possible design, before the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble, the method further includes: the first device sends at least one segment, and the at least one segment carries the second preamble. The above can ensure that the second device successfully detects the second preamble, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
一种可能的设计中,在第一设备确定第二设备检测到第二前导码之后,方法还包括:第一设备停止发送第二前导码。In a possible design, after the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble, the method further includes: the first device stops sending the second preamble.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码:第一设备接收第二UWB信号中的第三分段,第三分段携带第三前导码,第三前导码用于指示检测到第二前导码。该方式通过双向握手的方式可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the first device receives the third segment in the second UWB signal, and the third segment carries Third preamble, the third preamble is used to indicate that the second preamble is detected. This method allows the first device to confirm the successful transmission of information through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码:第一设备未接收到第二UWB信号中的第四分段,第四分段与第二分段位于同一个时间单元。通过上述可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the first device does not receive the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment The segment is in the same time unit as the second segment. Through the above, the first device can confirm that the transmission of information is successful, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码:第一设备未接收到第二UWB信号的第五分段,第五分段所在的时间单元晚于第二分段所在的时间单元。通过上述可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the first device does not receive the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, and the fifth segment The time unit is later than the time unit of the second segment. Through the above, the first device can confirm that the transmission of information is successful, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,在第一设备确定第二设备检测到第二前导码之后,方法还包括:第一设备执行第一操作。通过上述可以维持第一设备和第二设备的测距行为的一致性。In a possible design, after the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble, the method further includes: the first device performs a first operation. Through the above, the consistency of ranging behaviors of the first device and the second device can be maintained.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备接收来自第二设备的第二UWB信号的第六分段,第六分段携带第一前导码;第一设备接收来自第二设备的第二UWB信号的第七分段,第七分段携带第四前导码,第四前导码与第一前导码不同;第一设备根据第一前导码和第四前导码执行第二操作。通过上述可以使得第一设备的行为更符合通信需求,从而可以提升测距的准确性。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device receives a sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, and the sixth segment carries the first preamble; the first device receives the sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device. The seventh segment of the second UWB signal carries a fourth preamble, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble; the first device performs the second operation according to the first preamble and the fourth preamble. Through the above, the behavior of the first device can be made more consistent with communication requirements, thereby improving the accuracy of ranging.
一种可能的设计中,第二操作包括以下一种或多种:In a possible design, the second operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第一UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the first UWB signal;
或者,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
或者,向第二设备发送第三指示,第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, sending a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第二设备的第四指示进行应答,第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备通过第二分段所在的时间单元指示第一操作。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device instructs the first operation through the time unit in which the second segment is located.
上述方式中通过在不同的时间单元进行前导码变更可以实现对不同信息的指示,该方式可以通过隐式指示的方式,可以降低信令开销。In the above method, different information can be indicated by changing the preamble in different time units. This method can reduce signaling overhead through implicit indication.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备根据第一信息确定第二分段所在的时间单元对应的第一操作;其中,第一信息指示至少一个时间单元对应的操作,至少一个时间单元包括第二分段所在的时间单元;第一信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第二设备,或者,第一信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation corresponding to the time unit in which the second segment is located based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and at least one time unit The unit includes a time unit in which the second segment is located; the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from the second device, or the first information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第一信息预先约定至少一个时间单元对应的操作,可以提升指示的灵活性。In the above method, the first device and the second device pre-arrange the operation corresponding to at least one time unit through the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the instruction.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:若第一信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第一信息。In a possible design, the method further includes: if the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the first device sends the first information to the second device.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备根据第二信息确定第一操作;其中,第二信息指示:若UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更,则指示第二设备执行第一操作;第二信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第二设备,或者,第二信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines the first operation based on the second information; wherein the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal changes, instruct the second device to perform the first operation. Operation: the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from the second device, or the second information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第二信息预先约定前导码变更所表示的含义,可以降低系统的复杂度。In the above, the first device and the second device pre-agree on the meaning represented by the preamble change through the second information, which can reduce the complexity of the system.
一种可能的设计中,若第二信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第二信息。 In a possible design, if the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the first device sends the second information to the second device.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备根据第三信息确定第一操作;其中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第二前导码;第三信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第三信息来自第二设备,或者,第三信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation based on third information; wherein the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes a second preamble; the third information Determined for the first device, or the third information comes from the second device, or the third information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第三信息预先约定至少一个前导码对应的操作,可以提升指示的灵活性。In the above, the first device and the second device pre-agree on the operation corresponding to at least one preamble through the third information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
一种可能的设计中,若第三信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第三信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第三信息。In a possible design, if the third information is determined by the first device, or the third information comes from the third device, the method further includes: the first device sends the third information to the second device.
一种可能的设计中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:第三信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,第二前导码为根据第一前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。上述方式可以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is based on the first preamble and at least A cyclic shift length is determined by a cyclic shift length. The above method can reduce signaling overhead.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备根据第四信息确定第一操作;其中,第四信息指示至少一种前导码变更对应的操作,前导码变更包括变更前的前导码和变更后的前导码,变更前的前导码为第一前代码,变更后的前导码为第二前代码,或者,变更前的前导码为第二前代码,变更后的前导码为第一前代码;第四信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第四信息来自第二设备,或者,第四信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation based on fourth information; wherein the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to preamble change, and the preamble change includes the preamble before change and the change. The preamble before the change is the first preamble, and the preamble after the change is the second preamble, or the preamble before the change is the second preamble, and the preamble after the change is the first preamble. ; The fourth information is determined by the first device, or the fourth information comes from the second device, or the fourth information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第四信息预先约定至少一种前导码变更对应的操作,可以提升指示的灵活性。In the above, the first device and the second device pre-agree on at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change through the fourth information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
一种可能的设计中,变更前的前导码为根据第一前导码和第一循环移位长度确定的,变更后的前导码为根据第一前导码和第二循环移位长度确定的。上述方式可以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the preamble before the change is determined based on the first preamble and the first cyclic shift length, and the preamble after the change is determined based on the first preamble and the second cyclic shift length. The above method can reduce signaling overhead.
一种可能的设计中,第二分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,至少一个检测点用于进行前导码变更。In a possible design, the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
通过上述方式,第二设备可以仅在部分时间单元(即该至少一个检测点)检测前导码是否发生变更,相比于在所有时间单元上检测前导码变更,该方式可以降低第二设备的功耗。Through the above method, the second device can only detect whether the preamble code changes in part of the time unit (ie, the at least one detection point). Compared with detecting the preamble code change in all time units, this method can reduce the power of the second device. Consumption.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备根据第五信息确定至少一个检测点,第五信息用于配置至少一个检测点;第五信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第五信息来自第二设备,或者,第五信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines at least one detection point based on fifth information, and the fifth information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the fifth information is determined by the first device, or the fifth information from the second device, or, alternatively, the fifth information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第五信息预先约定至少一个检测点,可以进一步降低UWB系统的功耗。The power consumption of the UWB system can be further reduced by pre-arguing at least one detection point through the fifth information by the first device and the second device.
一种可能的设计中,若第五信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第五信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第五信息。In a possible design, if the fifth information is determined by the first device, or the fifth information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the first device sends the fifth information to the second device.
第二方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第二设备,该第二设备可以是测距发起设备也可以是测距响应设备,也可以是芯片或电路。方法包括:第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一UWB信号的第一分段,其中,第一分段携带第一前导码;第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一UWB信号的第二分段,其中,第二分段携带第二前导码,第一前导码和第二前导码不同;第二设备根据第一前导码和第二前导码执行第一操作。In the second aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a second device. The second device may be a ranging initiating device or a ranging responding device, or may be a chip or a circuit. The method includes: the second device receives a first segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, wherein the first segment carries a first preamble; and the second device receives a second segment of the first UWB signal from the first device. segments, wherein the second segment carries a second preamble, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different; and the second device performs the first operation according to the first preamble and the second preamble.
本申请实施例中通过前导码变更指示信息,相比于通过NB信道发送该信息,无需进行LBT,从而可以提升第二设备接收到该信息的概率,进而可以提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。例如,通过NB信道指示第二设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,若LBT未竞争到该NB信道,导致第二设备无法及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而导致第二设备继续发送UWB信号的分段,一方面导致UWB资源被占用,比较浪费,另一方面导致设备的功耗较大。而本申请实施例中通过前导码变更触发第二设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,使得第二设备可以及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而可以及时停止发送UWB信号的分段。通过该方式,一方面可以及时释放UWB资源,提升UWB资源的利用率,另一方面可以降低设备的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble change indication information is used. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability of the second device receiving the information, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system. sex. For example, the second device is instructed to stop sending segments of the UWB signal through the NB channel. If the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the second device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the second device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power. In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble change is used to trigger the second device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the second device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time. Through this method, on the one hand, UWB resources can be released in time to improve the utilization of UWB resources, and on the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced.
并且,通过前导码变更的方式指示信息,可以避免UWB信号携带数据,从而可以避免UWB信号功率降低,避免降低第二设备的信号接收质量。In addition, by indicating information in the form of preamble change, the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby preventing the UWB signal power from being reduced and the signal reception quality of the second device being reduced.
一种可能的设计中,第一操作包括以下一种或多种:In a possible design, the first operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the second UWB signal;
或者,增加第二UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal;
或者,向第一设备发送第一指示,第一指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, send a first instruction to the first device, the first instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报; Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第一设备的第二指示进行应答,第二指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a second instruction from the first device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第二UWB信号中的第三分段,第三分段携带第三前导码,第三前导码用于指示检测到第二前导码。该方式通过双向握手的方式可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device sends a third segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, the third segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to indicate that the third UWB signal is detected. Two preambles. This method allows the first device to confirm the successful transmission of information through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:从第二UWB信号中的第四分段开始,第二设备停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,第四分段与第二分段位于同一个时间单元。通过上述可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the method further includes: starting from the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segment of the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment and the second segment are located at the same time. unit. Through the above, the first device can confirm that the transmission of information is successful, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:从第二UWB信号中的第五分段开始,第二设备停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,第五分段所在的时间单元晚于第二分段所在的时间单元。通过上述可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the method further includes: starting from the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segments of the second UWB signal, and the time unit of the fifth segment is later than the second segment. The time unit in which the segment is located. Through the above, the first device can confirm that the transmission of information is successful, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第二UWB信号的第六分段,第六分段携带第一前导码;第二设备向第一设备发送第二UWB信号的第七分段,第七分段携带第四前导码,第四前导码和第一前导码用于触发第一操作,第四前导码与第一前导码不同。通过上述可以使得第一设备的行为更符合通信需求,从而可以提升测距的准确性。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device sends a sixth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, where the sixth segment carries the first preamble; the second device sends the second UWB signal to the first device. The seventh segment of the signal carries a fourth preamble, the fourth preamble and the first preamble are used to trigger the first operation, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble. Through the above, the behavior of the first device can be made more consistent with communication requirements, thereby improving the accuracy of ranging.
一种可能的设计中,第二设备可以在确定第一设备执行第二操作时,发送第七分段,也就是将第二UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更为第四前导码。通过该方式,使得第一设备在检测到前导码发生变更时执行第二操作。In a possible design, when determining that the first device performs the second operation, the second device may send the seventh segment, that is, change the preamble carried in the segment of the second UWB signal to the fourth preamble. In this way, the first device performs the second operation when detecting that the preamble code is changed.
一种可能的设计中,第二操作包括以下一种或多种:In a possible design, the second operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第一UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the first UWB signal;
或者,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
或者,向第二设备发送第三指示,第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, sending a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第二设备的第四指示进行应答,第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备根据第二分段所在的时间单元确定第一操作。上述方式中通过在不同的时间单元进行前导码变更可以实现对不同信息的指示,该方式可以通过隐式指示的方式,可以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device determines the first operation based on the time unit in which the second segment is located. In the above method, different information can be indicated by changing the preamble in different time units. This method can reduce signaling overhead through implicit indication.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备根据第一信息确定第二分段所在的时间单元对应的第一操作;其中,第一信息指示至少一个时间单元对应的操作,至少一个时间单元包括第二分段所在的时间单元;第一信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第一设备,或者,第一信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device determines a first operation corresponding to the time unit in which the second segment is located based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and at least one time unit The unit includes a time unit in which the second segment is located; the first information is determined by the second device, or the first information comes from the first device, or the first information comes from a third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第一信息预先约定至少一个时间单元对应的操作,可以提升指示的灵活性。In the above method, the first device and the second device pre-arrange the operation corresponding to at least one time unit through the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the instruction.
一种可能的设计中,若第一信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息。In a possible design, if the first information is determined by the second device, or the first information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the second device sends the first information to the first device.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备根据第二信息确定第一操作;其中,第二信息指示:若UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更,则指示第二设备执行第一操作;第二信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第一设备,或者,第二信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device determines the first operation based on the second information; wherein the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal changes, instruct the second device to perform the first operation. Operation; the second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from the first device, or the second information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第二信息预先约定前导码变更所表示的含义,可以降低系统的复杂度。In the above, the first device and the second device pre-agree on the meaning represented by the preamble change through the second information, which can reduce the complexity of the system.
一种可能的设计中,若第二信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第二信息。In a possible design, if the second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the second device sends the second information to the first device.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备根据第三信息确定第一操作;其中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第二前导码;第三信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第三信息来自第一设备,或者,第三信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation based on third information; wherein the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes a second preamble; the third information Determined for the second device, or the third information comes from the first device, or the third information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第三信息预先约定至少一个前导码对应的操作,可以提升指示的灵活性。In the above, the first device and the second device pre-agree on the operation corresponding to at least one preamble through the third information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
一种可能的设计中,若第三信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第三信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第三信息。In a possible design, if the third information is determined by the second device, or the third information comes from the third device, the method further includes: the second device sends the third information to the first device.
一种可能的设计中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:第三信息指示至少一个 循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,第二前导码为根据第一前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。上述方式可以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the third information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble, including: the third information indicates at least one An operation corresponding to the cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is determined based on the first preamble and one cyclic shift length of at least one cyclic shift length. The above method can reduce signaling overhead.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备根据第四信息确定第一操作;其中,第四信息指示至少一种前导码变更对应的操作,前导码变更包括变更前的前导码和变更后的前导码,变更前的前导码为第一前代码,变更后的前导码为第二前代码,或者,变更前的前导码为第二前代码,变更后的前导码为第一前代码;第四信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第四信息来自第一设备,或者,第四信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device determines the first operation based on fourth information; wherein the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change, and the preamble change includes the preamble before the change and the change. The preamble before the change is the first preamble, and the preamble after the change is the second preamble, or the preamble before the change is the second preamble, and the preamble after the change is the first preamble. ; The fourth information is determined by the second device, or the fourth information comes from the first device, or the fourth information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第四信息预先约定至少一种前导码变更对应的操作,可以提升指示的灵活性。In the above, the first device and the second device pre-agree on at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change through the fourth information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
一种可能的设计中,变更前的前导码为根据第一前导码和第一循环移位长度确定的,变更后的前导码为根据第一前导码和第二循环移位长度确定的。上述方式可以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the preamble before the change is determined based on the first preamble and the first cyclic shift length, and the preamble after the change is determined based on the first preamble and the second cyclic shift length. The above method can reduce signaling overhead.
一种可能的设计中,第二分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,至少一个检测点用于检测前导码是否变更。In a possible design, the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
通过上述方式,第二设备可以仅在部分时间单元(即该至少一个检测点)检测前导码是否发生变更,相比于在所有时间单元上检测前导码变更,该方式可以降低第二设备的功耗。Through the above method, the second device can only detect whether the preamble code changes in part of the time unit (ie, the at least one detection point). Compared with detecting the preamble code change in all time units, this method can reduce the power of the second device. Consumption.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备根据第五信息确定至少一个检测点,第五信息用于配置至少一个检测点;第五信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第五信息来自第一设备,或者,第五信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device determines at least one detection point based on fifth information, and the fifth information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the fifth information is determined by the second device, or the fifth information from the first device, or, alternatively, the fifth information is from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第五信息预先约定至少一个检测点,可以进一步降低UWB系统的功耗。The power consumption of the UWB system can be further reduced by pre-arguing at least one detection point through the fifth information by the first device and the second device.
一种可能的设计中,若第五信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第五信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第五信息。In a possible design, if the fifth information is determined by the second device, or the fifth information comes from the third device, the method further includes: the second device sends the fifth information to the first device.
第三方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第一设备,该第一设备可以是测距发起设备也可以是测距响应设备,也可以是芯片或电路。方法包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第一UWB信号的第一分段,其中,第一分段携带第一前导码,第一前导码用于触发第一操作。第一操作包括以下一种或多种:停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;或者,增加第二UWB信号的分段数量;或者,向第一设备发送第一指示,第一指示用于启动测距轮;或者,对测量结果进行上报;或者,对来自第一设备的第二指示进行应答,第二指示用于启动测距轮。In a third aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a first device. The first device may be a ranging initiating device or a ranging responding device, or may be a chip or a circuit. The method includes: the first device sends a first segment of the first UWB signal to the second device, where the first segment carries a first preamble, and the first preamble is used to trigger the first operation. The first operation includes one or more of the following: stopping sending segments of the second UWB signal; or increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal; or sending a first indication to the first device, the first indication being used to start The distance measuring wheel; or, reporting the measurement results; or responding to the second instruction from the first device, and the second instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel.
本申请实施例中通过前导码指示信息,相比于通过NB信道发送该信息,无需进行LBT,从而可以提升第二设备接收到该信息的概率,进而可以提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。例如,通过NB信道指示第二设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,若LBT未竞争到该NB信道,导致第二设备无法及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而导致第二设备继续发送UWB信号的分段,一方面导致UWB资源被占用,比较浪费,另一方面导致设备的功耗较大。而本申请实施例中通过前导码触发第二设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,使得第二设备可以及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而可以及时停止发送UWB信号的分段。通过该方式,一方面可以及时释放UWB资源,提升UWB资源的利用率,另一方面可以降低设备的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, the information is indicated through the preamble. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability of the second device receiving the information, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system. . For example, the second device is instructed to stop sending segments of the UWB signal through the NB channel. If the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the second device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the second device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power. In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble is used to trigger the second device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the second device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time. Through this method, on the one hand, UWB resources can be released in time to improve the utilization of UWB resources, and on the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced.
并且,通过前导码指示信息,可以避免UWB信号携带数据,从而可以避免UWB信号功率降低,避免降低第二设备发起端信号接收质量。Moreover, through the preamble indication information, the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby preventing the UWB signal power from being reduced and reducing the signal reception quality of the second device initiator.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备可以在确定第二设备执行第一操作时,发送第一分段,也就是在第一UWB信号的分段中携带第一前导码。通过该方式,使得第二设备在检测到第一前导码时执行第一操作。In a possible design, the first device may send the first segment when determining that the second device performs the first operation, that is, the first preamble may be carried in the segment of the first UWB signal. In this way, the second device is caused to perform the first operation when detecting the first preamble.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备确定第二设备检测到第一前导码。通过上述可以保证第二设备可以检测到第一前导码,使得第二设备和第一设备所指示的信息保持一致。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble. The above can ensure that the second device can detect the first preamble, so that the information indicated by the second device and the first device remains consistent.
一种可能的设计中,在第一设备确定第二设备检测到第一前导码之前,方法还包括:第一设备发送至少一个分段,至少一个分段携带第一前导码。通过上述可以保证第二设备成功检测到第一前导码,从而提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。In a possible design, before the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble, the method further includes: the first device sends at least one segment, and the at least one segment carries the first preamble. The above can ensure that the second device successfully detects the first preamble, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
一种可能的设计中,在第一设备确定第二设备检测到第一前导码之后,方法还包括:第一设备停止发送第一前导码。In a possible design, after the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble, the method further includes: the first device stops sending the first preamble.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第一分段携带的第一前导码:第一设备接收第二UWB信号中的第二分段,第二分段携带第二前导码,第二前导码用于指示检测到第一前导码。该方式通过双向握手的方式可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。 In a possible design, the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the first device receives the second segment in the second UWB signal, and the second segment carries The second preamble is used to indicate that the first preamble is detected. This method allows the first device to confirm the successful transmission of information through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第一分段携带的第一前导码:第一设备未接收到第二UWB信号中的第三分段,第三分段与第一分段位于同一个时间单元。通过上述可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the first device does not receive the third segment in the second UWB signal, and the third segment The segment is in the same time unit as the first segment. Through the above, the first device can confirm that the transmission of information is successful, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,第一设备通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第一分段携带的第一前导码:第一设备未接收到第二UWB信号的第四分段,第四分段所在的时间单元晚于第一分段所在的时间单元。通过上述可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the first device determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the first device does not receive the fourth segment of the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment The time unit is later than the time unit of the first segment. Through the above, the first device can confirm that the transmission of information is successful, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备接收来自第二设备的第二UWB信号的第五分段,第五分段携带第三前导码;第一设备根据第三前导码执行第二操作。通过上述可以使得第一设备的行为更符合通信需求,从而可以提升测距的准确性。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device receives a fifth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, and the fifth segment carries a third preamble; the first device performs the third step according to the third preamble. Two operations. Through the above, the behavior of the first device can be made more consistent with communication requirements, thereby improving the accuracy of ranging.
一种可能的设计中,第二操作包括以下一种或多种:In a possible design, the second operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第一UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the first UWB signal;
或者,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
或者,向第二设备发送第三指示,第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, sending a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第二设备的第四指示进行应答,第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备根据第一信息确定第一操作;其中,第一信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第一前导码;第一信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第二设备,或者,第一信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines a first operation according to the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the first preamble; the first information Determined for the first device, or the first information comes from the second device, or the first information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第一信息预先约定至少一个前导码对应的操作,可以提升指示的灵活性。In the above method, the first device and the second device pre-agree on at least one operation corresponding to the preamble through the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
一种可能的设计中,若第一信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第一信息。In a possible design, if the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the first device sends the first information to the second device.
一种可能的设计中,第一信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:第一信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,第一前导码为根据预设的前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。上述方式可以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the first preamble is based on a preset preamble and At least one of the cyclic shift lengths is determined by one of the cyclic shift lengths. The above method can reduce signaling overhead.
一种可能的设计中,第一分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,至少一个检测点用于进行前导码变更。In a possible design, the time unit in which the first segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
通过上述方式,第二设备可以仅在部分时间单元(即该至少一个检测点)检测特定前导码(例如第一前导码、第二前导码等),相比于在所有时间单元上检测特定前导码,该方式可以降低第二设备的功耗。In the above manner, the second device can detect a specific preamble (such as the first preamble, the second preamble, etc.) only in part of the time unit (ie, the at least one detection point). Compared with detecting the specific preamble in all time units, code, this method can reduce the power consumption of the second device.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第一设备根据第二信息确定至少一个检测点,第二信息用于配置至少一个检测点;第二信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第二设备,或者,第二信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first device determines at least one detection point based on the second information, and the second information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information from a second device, or the second information comes from a third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第二信息预先约定至少一个检测点,可以进一步降低UWB系统的功耗。The power consumption of the UWB system can be further reduced by pre-arriving at least one detection point through the second information through the first device and the second device.
一种可能的设计中,若第二信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第二信息。In a possible design, if the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the first device sends the second information to the second device.
第四方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是第二设备,该第二设备可以是测距发起设备也可以是测距响应设备,也可以是芯片或电路。方法包括:第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一UWB信号的第一分段,其中,第一分段携带第一前导码;第二设备根据第一前导码执行第一操作。第一操作包括以下一种或多种:停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;或者,增加第二UWB信号的分段数量;或者,向第一设备发送第一指示,第一指示用于启动测距轮;或者,对测量结果进行上报;或者,对来自第一设备的第二指示进行应答,第二指示用于启动测距轮。In the fourth aspect, this application provides a communication method. The execution subject of the method may be a second device. The second device may be a ranging initiating device or a ranging response device, or may be a chip or a circuit. The method includes: the second device receives a first segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, where the first segment carries a first preamble; and the second device performs a first operation according to the first preamble. The first operation includes one or more of the following: stopping sending segments of the second UWB signal; or increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal; or sending a first indication to the first device, the first indication being used to start The distance measuring wheel; or, reporting the measurement results; or responding to the second instruction from the first device, and the second instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel.
本申请实施例中通过前导码指示信息,相比于通过NB信道发送该信息,无需进行LBT,从而可以提升第二设备接收到该信息的概率,进而可以提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。例如,通过NB信道指示第二设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,若LBT未竞争到该NB信道,导致第二设备无法及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而导致第二设备继续发送UWB信号的分段,一方面导致UWB资源被占用,比较浪费,另一方面导致设备的功耗较大。而本申请实施例中通过前导码触发第二设备停止发送UWB信号的分段, 使得第二设备可以及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而可以及时停止发送UWB信号的分段。通过该方式,一方面可以及时释放UWB资源,提升UWB资源的利用率,另一方面可以降低设备的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, the information is indicated through the preamble. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability of the second device receiving the information, thereby improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system. . For example, the second device is instructed to stop sending segments of the UWB signal through the NB channel. If the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the second device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the second device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power. In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble is used to trigger the second device to stop sending segments of the UWB signal. This allows the second device to receive the instruction to stop sending in time, so that it can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time. Through this method, on the one hand, UWB resources can be released in time to improve the utilization of UWB resources, and on the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced.
并且,通过前导码指示信息,可以避免UWB信号携带数据,从而可以避免UWB信号功率降低,避免降低第二设备发起端信号接收质量。Moreover, through the preamble indication information, the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby preventing the UWB signal power from being reduced and reducing the signal reception quality of the second device initiator.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第二UWB信号中的第二分段,第二分段携带第二前导码,第二前导码用于指示检测到第一前导码。该方式通过双向握手的方式可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device sends a second segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, the second segment carries a second preamble, and the second preamble is used to indicate that the second UWB signal is detected. A preamble. This method allows the first device to confirm the successful transmission of information through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:从第二UWB信号中的第三分段开始,第二设备停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,第三分段与第一分段位于同一个时间单元。通过上述可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the method further includes: starting from the third segment in the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segment of the second UWB signal, and the third segment is located at the same time as the first segment. unit. Through the above, the first device can confirm that the transmission of information is successful, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:从第二UWB信号中的第四分段开始,第二设备停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,第四分段所在的时间单元晚于第一分段所在的时间单元。通过上述可以使得第一设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。In a possible design, the method further includes: starting from the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segment of the second UWB signal, and the time unit of the fourth segment is later than the first segment. The time unit in which the segment is located. Through the above, the first device can confirm that the transmission of information is successful, thereby improving the robustness of the system.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第二UWB信号的第五分段,第五分段携带第三前导码,第三前导码用于触发第二操作。通过上述可以使得第一设备的行为更符合通信需求,从而可以提升测距的准确性。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device sends a fifth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, the fifth segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to trigger the second operation. Through the above, the behavior of the first device can be made more consistent with communication requirements, thereby improving the accuracy of ranging.
一种可能的设计中,第二操作包括以下一种或多种:In a possible design, the second operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第一UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the first UWB signal;
或者,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
或者,向第二设备发送第三指示,第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, sending a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第二设备的第四指示进行应答,第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备根据第一信息确定第一操作;其中,第一信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第一前导码;第一信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第一设备,或者,第一信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device determines a first operation based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the first preamble; the first information Determined for the second device, or the first information comes from the first device, or the first information comes from the third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第一信息预先约定至少一个前导码对应的操作,可以提升指示的灵活性。In the above method, the first device and the second device pre-agree on at least one operation corresponding to the preamble through the first information, which can improve the flexibility of the indication.
一种可能的设计中,若第一信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息。In a possible design, if the first information is determined by the second device, or the first information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the second device sends the first information to the first device.
一种可能的设计中,第一信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:第一信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,第一前导码为根据预设前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。上述方式可以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the first preamble is based on a preset preamble and at least A cyclic shift length is determined by a cyclic shift length. The above method can reduce signaling overhead.
一种可能的设计中,第一分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,至少一个检测点用于检测前导码是否变更。In a possible design, the time unit in which the first segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
通过上述方式,第二设备可以仅在部分时间单元(即该至少一个检测点)检测特定前导码(例如第一前导码、第二前导码等),相比于在所有时间单元上检测特定前导码,该方式可以降低第二设备的功耗。In the above manner, the second device can detect a specific preamble (such as the first preamble, the second preamble, etc.) only in part of the time unit (ie, the at least one detection point). Compared with detecting the specific preamble in all time units, code, this method can reduce the power consumption of the second device.
一种可能的设计中,方法还包括:第二设备根据第二信息确定至少一个检测点,第二信息用于配置至少一个检测点;第二信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第一设备,或者,第二信息来自第三设备。In a possible design, the method further includes: the second device determines at least one detection point based on the second information, and the second information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the second information is determined by the second device, or the second information from the first device, or the second information comes from a third device.
上述通过第一设备和第二设备通过第二信息预先约定至少一个检测点,可以进一步降低UWB系统的功耗。The power consumption of the UWB system can be further reduced by pre-arriving at least one detection point through the second information through the first device and the second device.
一种可能的设计中,若第二信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第三设备,方法还包括:第二设备向第一设备发送第二信息。In a possible design, if the second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from a third device, the method further includes: the second device sends the second information to the first device.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,接口电路用于接收来自该通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至该处理器或将来自该处理器的信号发送给该通信装置之外的其它通信装置,该处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现前述第一方面或第三方面以及任意可能的设计中的方法。 In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and an interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or to send signals from the processor. For other communication devices other than the communication device, the processor is used to implement the method in the first aspect or the third aspect as well as any possible design through logic circuits or executing code instructions.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器和接口电路,接口电路用于接收来自该通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至该处理器或将来自该处理器的信号发送给该通信装置之外的其它通信装置,该处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现前述第二方面或第四方面以及任意可能的设计中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and an interface circuit. The interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or to send signals from the processor. For other communication devices other than the communication device, the processor is used to implement the method in the aforementioned second aspect or fourth aspect and any possible design through logic circuits or executing code instructions.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被处理器执行时,实现前述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面以及任意可能的设计中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. Computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program or instructions are executed by a processor, the above-described first to fourth aspects are implemented. method in any aspect and in any possible design.
第八方面,提供了一种存储有指令的计算机程序产品,当该指令被处理器运行时,实现前述第一方面至第四方面中任一方面以及任意可能的设计中的方法。An eighth aspect provides a computer program product that stores instructions. When the instructions are executed by a processor, any one of the foregoing first to fourth aspects and the method in any possible design are implemented.
第九方面,提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述第一方面或第三方面以及任意可能的设计中的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a ninth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method in the first aspect or the third aspect and any possible design. The chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
第十方面,提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现前述第二方面或第四方面以及任意可能的设计中的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a tenth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the method in the aforementioned second or fourth aspect and any possible design. The chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
第十一方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第一方面所述的装置(如第一设备),和/或,第二方面所述的装置(如第二设备)。An eleventh aspect provides a communication system, which includes the device described in the first aspect (such as a first device), and/or the device described in the second aspect (such as a second device).
第十二方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第三方面所述的装置(如第一设备),和/或,第四方面所述的装置(如第二设备)。A twelfth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the device described in the third aspect (such as a first device), and/or the device described in the fourth aspect (such as a second device).
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例的一种测距定位系统的架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a ranging and positioning system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例的一种UWB信号分段传输的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of UWB signal segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例的一种测距定位系统的架构示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a ranging and positioning system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例的一种UWB测距轮各阶段示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of each stage of a UWB distance measuring wheel according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例的一种窄带协议辅助下的UWB测距方法的示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a UWB ranging method assisted by a narrowband protocol according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例的一种窄带协议辅助下的UWB测距方法的示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a UWB ranging method assisted by a narrowband protocol according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例的一种时间单元包括多个时隙的示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a time unit including multiple time slots according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例的不通过前导码变更指示信息的情况下,一种测距过程的示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a ranging process without using preamble change indication information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例的一种通过前导码变更指示信息的示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of preamble change indication information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例的一种发送前导码2的示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of sending preamble 2 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例的一种测距响应设备指示检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码的示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a ranging response device indicating detection of a second preamble carried in a second segment according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例的一种测距响应设备指示检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码的示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a ranging response device indicating detection of a second preamble carried in a second segment according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例的一种测距响应设备指示检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码的示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a ranging response device indicating detection of a second preamble carried in a second segment according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例的一种测距发起设备行为的示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the behavior of a ranging initiating device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例的一种测距发起设备行为的示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the behavior of a ranging initiating device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例的一种通过第二分段所在的时间单元指示第一操作的示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of indicating the first operation through the time unit where the second segment is located according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例的一种通过第二分段所在的时间单元指示第一操作的示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of indicating the first operation through the time unit where the second segment is located according to an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例的一种承载第一信息的信元的示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic diagram of a cell carrying first information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例的一种第二信息指示增加分段数量的示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of a second information indicating increasing the number of segments according to an embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例的一种承载第三信息的信元的示意图;Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of a cell carrying third information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请实施例的一种承载第五信息的信元的示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of a cell carrying fifth information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请实施例的一种增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元的示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the time unit occupied by an increased segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图24为本申请实施例的一种增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元的示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of a time unit occupied by an increased segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图25为本申请实施例的一种增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元的示意图;Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of a time unit occupied by an increased segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图26为本申请实施例的一种增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元的示意图;Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of an increased time unit occupied by segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图27为本申请实施例的一种增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元的示意图; Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of an increased time unit occupied by segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图28为本申请实施例的一种增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元的示意图;Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of the time unit occupied by an increased segmented transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图29为本申请实施例的一种通信方法的示意图;Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图30为本申请实施例的一种不通过前导码指示信息的情况下,一种测距过程的示意图;Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of a ranging process without indicating information through a preamble according to an embodiment of the present application;
图31为本申请实施例的一种通过前导码指示信息的示意图;Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of indicating information through a preamble according to an embodiment of the present application;
图32为本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图33为本申请实施例的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例可以适用于基于超带宽(Ultra-Wide Band,UWB)技术的无线个人局域网(wireless personal area network,WPAN),目前WPAN采用的标准为电气和电子工程协会(institute of electrical and electronics engineer,IEEE)802.15系列。WPAN可以用于电话、计算机、附属设备等小范围内的数字辅助设备之间的通信,其工作范围一般是在l0m以内。支持无线个人局域网的技术包括蓝牙(Bluetooth)、紫蜂(ZigBee)、超宽带、红外线数据标准协会(infrared data association,IrDA)红外连接技术(红外)、家庭射频技术(home radio frequency,HomeRF)等。本领域技术人员容易理解,本申请涉及的各个方面可以扩展到采用各种标准或协议的其它网络。例如,无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN),高性能无线LAN(High Performance Radio LAN,HIPERLAN)(一种与IEEE 802.11标准类似的无线标准,主要在欧洲使用)以及广域网(WAN)或其它现在已知或以后发展起来的网络。从网络构成上来看,WPAN位于整个网络架构的底层,用于小范围内的设备之间的无线连接,即点到点的短距离连接,可以视为短距离无线通信网络。根据不同的应用场景,WPAN又分为高速率(high rate,HR)-WPAN和低速率(low rate)-WPAN,其中,HR-WPAN可用于支持各种高速率的多媒体应用,包括高质量声像配送、多兆字节音乐和图像文档传送等。LR-WPAN可用于日常生活的一般业务。The embodiments of this application can be applied to wireless personal area network (WPAN) based on Ultra-Wide Band (UWB) technology. The current standard adopted by WPAN is the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) , IEEE)802.15 series. WPAN can be used for communication between digital auxiliary equipment within a small range such as phones, computers, and accessory equipment. Its working range is generally within 10m. Technologies supporting wireless personal area networks include Bluetooth, ZigBee, ultra-wideband, infrared data association (IrDA) infrared connection technology (infrared), home radio frequency technology (home radio frequency, HomeRF), etc. . Those skilled in the art will readily understand that various aspects involved in this application can be extended to other networks using various standards or protocols. For example, Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), High Performance Wireless LAN (HIPERLAN) (a wireless standard similar to the IEEE 802.11 standard, mainly used in Europe) and Wide Area Networks (WAN) or other current A network known or later developed. From the perspective of network composition, WPAN is located at the bottom of the entire network architecture and is used for wireless connections between devices within a small range, that is, point-to-point short-distance connections, which can be regarded as short-distance wireless communication networks. According to different application scenarios, WPAN is divided into high rate (HR)-WPAN and low rate (low rate)-WPAN. Among them, HR-WPAN can be used to support various high-rate multimedia applications, including high-quality sound. Like shipping, multi-megabyte music and image file transfers, etc. LR-WPAN can be used for general business in daily life.
在WPAN中,根据设备所具有的通信能力,可以分为全功能设备(full-function device,FFD)和精简功能设备(reduced-function device,RFD)。FFD设备之间以及FFD设备与RFD设备之间都可以通信。RFD设备之间不能直接通信,只能与FFD设备通信,或者通过一个FFD设备向外转发数据。这个与RFD相关联的FFD设备称为该RFD的协调器(coordinator)。协调器也可以控制关联多个FFD。协调器也被称为控制节点。每个自组网中可以有多个协调器。RFD设备主要用于简单的控制应用,如灯的开关、被动式红外线传感器等,传输的数据量较少,对传输资源和通信资源占用不多,RFD设备的成本较低。其中,协调器也可以称为个人局域网(personal area network,PAN)协调器。PAN协调器可以理解为协调器的一种,PAN协调器也被称为PAN的中心控制节点等。FFD可作为PAN协调器或协调器,而RFD则不能作为PAN协调器或协调器。PAN协调器为整个网络的主控节点,并且每个自组网中只能有一个PAN协调器,具有成员身份管理、链路信息管理、分组转发功能。可选地,本申请实施例中的设备可以为支持802.15.4a和802.15.4z、以及802.15.4ab或后续版本等多种WPAN制式的设备。In WPAN, according to the communication capabilities of the device, it can be divided into full-function device (FFD) and reduced-function device (RFD). Communication is possible between FFD devices and between FFD devices and RFD devices. RFD devices cannot communicate directly with each other and can only communicate with FFD devices or forward data through an FFD device. The FFD device associated with the RFD is called the coordinator of the RFD. The coordinator can also control the association of multiple FFDs. Coordinators are also called control nodes. There can be multiple coordinators in each ad hoc network. RFD equipment is mainly used for simple control applications, such as light switches, passive infrared sensors, etc. The amount of data transmitted is small, and it does not occupy much transmission resources and communication resources. The cost of RFD equipment is low. Among them, the coordinator can also be called a personal area network (personal area network, PAN) coordinator. The PAN coordinator can be understood as a type of coordinator. The PAN coordinator is also called the central control node of PAN, etc. FFD can act as a PAN coordinator or coordinator, while RFD cannot act as a PAN coordinator or coordinator. The PAN coordinator is the master control node of the entire network, and there can only be one PAN coordinator in each ad hoc network. It has membership management, link information management, and group forwarding functions. Optionally, the device in the embodiment of this application may be a device that supports multiple WPAN standards such as 802.15.4a, 802.15.4z, and 802.15.4ab or subsequent versions.
本申请实施例中,上述设备可以是通信服务器、路由器、交换机、网桥、计算机或者手机,家居智能设备,车载通信设备等。In the embodiment of this application, the above-mentioned devices may be communication servers, routers, switches, network bridges, computers or mobile phones, home smart devices, vehicle-mounted communication devices, etc.
在本申请实施例中,上述设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是FFD或RFD,或者,是FFD或RFD中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In this embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc. This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application. It suffices to communicate using a method. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be FFD or RFD, or a functional module in FFD or RFD that can call a program and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact  disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Additionally, various aspects or features of the present application may be implemented as methods, apparatus, or articles of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, compact disks) disc (CD), digital versatile disc (DVD), etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (e.g. erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM)), cards, sticks or key drives wait). Additionally, the various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
本申请实施例还可以适用于物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络或车联网(Vehicle to X,V2X)等无线局域网系统中。当然,本申请实施例还可以适用于其他可能的通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统,以及未来的第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统或者未来通信发展中出现的新的通信系统等。上述适用本申请的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统不限于此,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。The embodiments of this application can also be applied to wireless local area network systems such as Internet of Things (IoT) networks or Vehicle to X (V2X). Of course, the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to other possible communication systems, such as long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division) system duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, and future The sixth generation (6G) communication system or new communication systems emerging in future communication development, etc. The above-mentioned communication systems applicable to the present application are only examples. The communication systems applicable to the present application are not limited to these and will be explained uniformly here, and will not be described in detail below.
上述适用本申请的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统不限于此,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。The above-mentioned communication systems applicable to the present application are only examples. The communication systems applicable to the present application are not limited to these and will be explained uniformly here, and will not be described in detail below.
另外,本申请中“分段信号(fragment或segment)”也可以称为“分块信号”、“短信号”、“部分信号”、“分段”、“分块”、“分片”或“分片信号”等,对于分段信号的名称不做限定,能够用于标识某个UWB信号被拆分为多个UWB信号,拆分后的多个UWB信号中每个UWB信号在时间长度上小于1毫秒,且在每个毫秒内发送一个拆分后的UWB信号即可,如图2所示。可选的,UWB信号拆分得到的多个分段信号可以相同,比如,UWB信号拆分得到的多个分段信号为相同配置的前导码(preamble),其中,相同配置的前导码包括但不限于:前导码的长度、前导码所用的序列等等。前导码是一组序列,可用于设备跟其它设备交互或接入网络时,用于识别设备身份。In addition, "fragment signal (fragment or segment)" in this application may also be called "block signal", "short signal", "partial signal", "segment", "block", "fragment" or "Fragmented signal", etc., there is no limit to the name of the segmented signal. It can be used to identify that a certain UWB signal is split into multiple UWB signals. Each UWB signal in the split multiple UWB signals has a time length. is less than 1 millisecond, and a split UWB signal is sent within each millisecond, as shown in Figure 2. Optionally, the multiple segmented signals obtained by splitting the UWB signal can be the same. For example, the multiple segmented signals obtained by splitting the UWB signal are preambles with the same configuration, where the preambles with the same configuration include but Not limited to: the length of the preamble, the sequence used for the preamble, etc. The preamble is a set of sequences that can be used to identify the device when it interacts with other devices or connects to the network.
由上述可知,将要发射的UWB信号拆分为多个分段信号进行分段传输,可以增加UWB信号的瞬时功率,但是也不能无限增大。规则二实际上限定了UWB分段传输的功率增大倍数。It can be seen from the above that splitting the UWB signal to be transmitted into multiple segmented signals for segmented transmission can increase the instantaneous power of the UWB signal, but it cannot increase infinitely. Rule 2 actually limits the power increase factor of UWB segmented transmission.
示例性地,本申请中UWB分段传输也可以称为多毫秒传输(multi-millesecond,MMS)。For example, UWB segmented transmission in this application may also be called multi-millisecond transmission (multi-millesecond, MMS).
1、冲激无线电超宽带(Impulse Radio Ultra Wideband,IR-UWB)系统:由于超宽带系统的带宽很大,其设备需要有超高速的数据收发能力,而基于脉冲传输的IR-UWB系统的频谱效率较低,在传输相同信息的时,IR-UWB方案需要的功耗开销相比其他窄带短距协议(例如,蓝牙或ZigBee)要高得多。1. Impulse Radio Ultra Wideband (IR-UWB) system: Due to the large bandwidth of the ultra-wideband system, its equipment needs to have ultra-high-speed data sending and receiving capabilities, and the spectrum of the IR-UWB system based on pulse transmission The efficiency is low. When transmitting the same information, the IR-UWB scheme requires much higher power consumption than other narrowband short-range protocols (such as Bluetooth or ZigBee).
2、测距或感知:对于测距或感知场景,其测量或感知的结果的精度跟信号带宽相关,信号带宽越大,其感知或测距得到的结果的精度越高。因此,可以考虑将用于测距或感知的参考信号通过UWB系统收发,而把其他参考信号和/或数据的传输通过窄带协议传输,从而既能保证测距和感知的精度,又可以节约功耗。其中,本申请涉及的感知可以理解为物联网技术架构的底层感知技术,是物联网获取信息和实现物体控制的首要环节;测距可以理解为设备之间距离的测量,包括但不限于物联网中两个物体之间的距离测量。2. Ranging or sensing: For ranging or sensing scenarios, the accuracy of the measurement or sensing results is related to the signal bandwidth. The larger the signal bandwidth, the higher the accuracy of the sensing or ranging results. Therefore, you can consider sending and receiving reference signals for ranging or sensing through the UWB system, and transmitting other reference signals and/or data through narrowband protocols, which can not only ensure the accuracy of ranging and sensing, but also save power. Consumption. Among them, the perception involved in this application can be understood as the underlying sensing technology of the Internet of Things technology architecture, which is the primary link for the Internet of Things to obtain information and realize object control; ranging can be understood as the measurement of the distance between devices, including but not limited to the Internet of Things Measure the distance between two objects.
示例性地,本申请中将窄带辅助UWB和多毫秒传输相结合的UWB技术方案,也可以称为窄带辅助多毫秒超宽带(Narrow-band assisted multi millisecond Ultra-wideband,NBA-MMS UWB)。For example, the UWB technical solution in this application that combines narrowband-assisted UWB and multi-millisecond transmission can also be called narrow-band assisted multi-millisecond Ultra-wideband (NBA-MMS UWB).
为了便于理解,结合图3简单介绍一下上述的测距技术所应用的测距定位系统。图3是本申请实施例提供的测距定位系统的架构示意图。如图3所示,该测距定位系统包括多个设备(如图3中所示的设备1和设备2),可以为本申请实施例中涉及的装置,每个设备中至少包括UWB模块。测距定位系统包括的设备可以是WPAN中具有通信能力的设备,(如图1中所示的FFD或RFD)。In order to facilitate understanding, the ranging and positioning system used in the above ranging technology is briefly introduced in conjunction with Figure 3. Figure 3 is a schematic architectural diagram of a ranging and positioning system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the ranging and positioning system includes multiple devices (device 1 and device 2 shown in Figure 3), which can be devices involved in the embodiments of this application, and each device at least includes a UWB module. The devices included in the ranging and positioning system may be devices with communication capabilities in the WPAN (FFD or RFD as shown in Figure 1).
可选的,该设备中还可以包括窄带通信模块。其中,设备1(Device 1)和设备2(Device 2)的UWB模块之间可以执行测距定位和通信中任一种。如果设备中包含窄带通信模块,设备1和设备2的窄带通信模块之间可以通过无线链路进行数据传输。Optionally, the device may also include a narrowband communication module. Among them, either ranging positioning or communication can be performed between the UWB modules of Device 1 (Device 1) and Device 2 (Device 2). If the device contains a narrowband communication module, data can be transmitted between the narrowband communication modules of device 1 and device 2 through a wireless link.
本申请中,UWB模块可以理解为实现UWB无线通信技术的装置、芯片或系统等;相应地,窄带通信模块可以理解为实现窄带通信技术(如Wi-Fi、蓝牙、或Zigbee等)的装置、芯片或系统等。一个设备(device)中,UWB模块和窄带通信模块可以为不同的装置或芯片,当然UWB模块和窄带通信模块也可以集成在一个装置或芯片上,本申请实施例不限制UWB模块和窄带通信模块在设备中的实现方式。UWB技术能够使通信装置具有高数据吞吐量并且使装置定位具有高精度。In this application, the UWB module can be understood as a device, chip or system that implements UWB wireless communication technology; accordingly, the narrowband communication module can be understood as a device that implements narrowband communication technology (such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or Zigbee, etc.), Chip or system, etc. In a device (device), the UWB module and the narrowband communication module can be different devices or chips. Of course, the UWB module and the narrowband communication module can also be integrated on one device or chip. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the UWB module and the narrowband communication module. implemented in the device. UWB technology enables communication devices with high data throughput and device positioning with high accuracy.
其中,发起测距过程的设备可以称为测距发起设备,与该测距发起设备协同进行测距的设备称为测 距响应设备,例如图3中设备1发起测距过程,设备1可以称为测距发起设备,与设备1进行交互进行测距的设备2可以称为测距响应设备。具体的,测距发起设备可以向测距响应设备发送测量信号,测距响应设备向测距发起设备回复测量响应信号,以使测距发起设备确定两者之间的距离等。示例性的,测距发起设备可以为网络设备,测距响应设备为终端设备;或者,测距发起设备和测距响应设备可以均为终端设备;或者,测距发起设备和测距响应设备也可以是能实现测距等的其他设备,本申请对此不作限定。Among them, the device that initiates the ranging process may be called a ranging initiating device, and the device that performs ranging in collaboration with the ranging initiating device is called a ranging device. A distance response device, for example, device 1 in Figure 3 initiates the ranging process. Device 1 can be called a ranging initiating device, and device 2 that interacts with device 1 to perform ranging can be called a ranging response device. Specifically, the ranging initiating device can send a measurement signal to the ranging response device, and the ranging response device replies a measurement response signal to the ranging initiating device, so that the ranging initiating device determines the distance between the two. For example, the ranging initiating device can be a network device, and the ranging response device can be a terminal device; or the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device can both be terminal devices; or the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device can also be It may be other equipment capable of ranging, etc., which is not limited in this application.
本申请涉及的设备可以为无线通讯芯片、无线传感器或无线通信终端。例如支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的用户终端、用户装置,接入装置,订户站,订户单元,移动站,用户代理,用户装备,其中,用户终端可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的用户设备(user equipment,UE),移动台(mobile station,MS),终端(terminal),终端设备(terminal equipment),便携式通信设备,手持机,便携式计算设备,娱乐设备,游戏设备或系统,全球定位系统设备或被配置为经由无线介质进行网络通信的任何其他合适的设备等。此外,设备可以支持802.15.4ab制式或者802.15.4ab的下一代制式。设备也可以支持802.15.4a、802.15.4-2011、802.15.4-2015及802.15.4z等多种制式。设备还可以支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b、802.11a、802.11be下一代等802.11家族的多种无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)制式。The equipment involved in this application may be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor or a wireless communication terminal. For example, user terminals, user devices, access devices, subscriber stations, subscriber units, mobile stations, user agents, and user equipment that support Wi-Fi communication functions. The user terminals may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, etc. devices, wearable devices, Internet of things (IoT) devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile stations (MS) ), terminal, terminal equipment, portable communications device, handset, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, global positioning system device or any other device configured for network communications via a wireless medium Suitable equipment etc. In addition, the device can support the 802.15.4ab standard or the next generation standard of 802.15.4ab. The device can also support multiple standards such as 802.15.4a, 802.15.4-2011, 802.15.4-2015 and 802.15.4z. The device can also support multiple wireless local area networks (WLAN) standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11be next generation.
3、测距轮(ranging round):可以表示单个测距过程。例如,可参考IEEE 802.15.4z标准中测距轮的定义。每个测距轮的最小处理时间单位为测距时隙(ranging slot)。在一个测距轮中,分为三个阶段:测距控制阶段(ranging control phase)、测距阶段(ranging phase)、测距结果上报阶段(measurement report phase),如图4所示,图4是一种UWB测距轮各阶段示意图。例如,在IEEE 802.15.4z中,测距控制阶段包含1个测距时隙,在IEEE 802.15.4ab标准中,测距控制阶段可以包含多于1个的测距时隙。本申请中的测距控制阶段可以包含1个或多个的测距时隙。3. Ranging round: can represent a single ranging process. For example, refer to the definition of distance measuring wheel in the IEEE 802.15.4z standard. The minimum processing time unit of each ranging wheel is the ranging slot. In a ranging wheel, it is divided into three stages: ranging control phase (ranging control phase), ranging phase (ranging phase), and ranging result reporting phase (measurement report phase), as shown in Figure 4, Figure 4 It is a schematic diagram of each stage of a UWB distance measuring wheel. For example, in IEEE 802.15.4z, the ranging control phase contains 1 ranging time slot, and in the IEEE 802.15.4ab standard, the ranging control phase can contain more than 1 ranging time slot. The ranging control phase in this application may include one or more ranging time slots.
需要说明的是,本申请中提供的传输信令的方法,不仅可以应用于窄带协议辅助下的UWB测距,还可以应用于窄带协议辅助下的UWB感知或其他测量流程中,所以本申请中图4中所示的测距控制阶段可以理解为测量控制阶段的一种,测距阶段可以理解为测量阶段的一种,测距结果上报阶段可以理解为测量结果上报阶段的一种。例如,当本申请中提供的传输信令的方法应用于窄带协议辅助下的UWB感知流程中,测量控制阶段可以理解为感知控制阶段,测量阶段可以理解为感知阶段,测量结果上报阶段可以理解为感知结果上报阶段。It should be noted that the signaling transmission method provided in this application can not only be applied to UWB ranging assisted by narrowband protocols, but also can be applied to UWB sensing or other measurement processes assisted by narrowband protocols. Therefore, in this application The ranging control stage shown in Figure 4 can be understood as a type of measurement control stage, the ranging stage can be understood as a type of measurement stage, and the ranging result reporting stage can be understood as a type of measurement result reporting stage. For example, when the signaling transmission method provided in this application is applied to the UWB sensing process assisted by a narrowband protocol, the measurement control phase can be understood as the sensing control phase, the measurement phase can be understood as the sensing phase, and the measurement result reporting phase can be understood as Sensing result reporting stage.
另外,还需要说明的是,上述的单个测量轮中不同阶段的名称只是举例,对本申请保护范围不构成任何的限定。例如,上述的测量控制阶段可以理解为用于配置测量轮中所需参数的阶段;还例如,上述的测量阶段可以理解为用于执行测量的阶段;又例如,上述的测量结果上报阶段可以理解为用于上报测量结果的阶段,还可以称为测量阶段的结束。In addition, it should be noted that the above-mentioned names of different stages in a single measuring wheel are only examples and do not constitute any limitation on the scope of protection of the present application. For example, the above-mentioned measurement control phase can be understood as a phase for configuring the required parameters in the measurement wheel; for another example, the above-mentioned measurement phase can be understood as a phase for performing measurements; for another example, the above-mentioned measurement result reporting phase can be understood as This is the stage for reporting measurement results, and can also be called the end of the measurement stage.
为了便于理解,下面结合图5简单介绍一种窄带协议辅助下的UWB测距方法。图5是一种UWB测距方法的示意图。测距发起设备(initiator)和测距响应设备(responder)之间可以通过窄带(Narrowband,NB)信道,完成UWB NBA-MMS测距所需的配置、同步等过程。例如,测距发起设备发送窄带轮询信号(Poll),测距响应设备回应响应信号(Resp)进行握手。其中,Poll信号携带的信息包含但不限于以下一项或多项:测距轮相关参数配置、测距信号前导码(preamble)的相关参数配置(前导码长度、前导码使用的序列等)、UWB包类型(SP0~SP3)、设备角色和时隙调度分配等等。For ease of understanding, a UWB ranging method assisted by a narrowband protocol is briefly introduced below in conjunction with Figure 5. Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a UWB ranging method. The ranging initiator (initiator) and the ranging response device (responder) can complete the configuration, synchronization and other processes required for UWB NBA-MMS ranging through a narrowband (NB) channel. For example, the ranging initiating device sends a narrowband polling signal (Poll), and the ranging responding device responds with a response signal (Resp) for handshake. Among them, the information carried by the Poll signal includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: parameter configuration related to the ranging wheel, parameter configuration related to the preamble of the ranging signal (preamble length, sequence used for the preamble, etc.), UWB packet types (SP0~SP3), device roles, time slot scheduling allocation, etc.
测距发起设备收到响应帧后在UWB信道上采用分段传输的方式和测距响应设备进行测量,测量完成后,测距响应设备通过NB信道将测量结果(report)发送给测距发起设备。After receiving the response frame, the ranging initiating device uses segmented transmission on the UWB channel to measure with the ranging response device. After the measurement is completed, the ranging response device sends the measurement results (report) to the ranging initiating device through the NB channel. .
上文结合图1介绍了本申请实施例能够应用的场景,还简单介绍了本申请中涉及的基本概念,并且结合图5简单介绍了一种UWB测距方法,该方法存在以下问题:The above describes the applicable scenarios of the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with Figure 1, and briefly introduces the basic concepts involved in the present application, and briefly introduces a UWB ranging method in conjunction with Figure 5. This method has the following problems:
若使用NB信道进行数据传输,在进行数据传输之前,需要进行发送之前先监听(listen before talk,LBT)。若监听到所需使用的NB信道被其他设备占用,则无法使用该NB信道,且进行退避等待,直到NB信道空闲后才能继续竞争使用该NB信道。因此,UWB系统在通过NB信道进行测量所需的配置、同步、测量结果上报等数据传输之前,均需要对相应的NB信道执行LBT,并在监听到NB信道未被其他设备占用后,才能通过该NB信道进行相应的数据传输。例如,如图6所示,在测距控制阶段,测距发起设备在发送信号1(图6中示为NB#1)之前,对NB信道进行LBT,信号1用于进行同步、配置等。若监听到NB信道未被其他设备占用后,通过该NB信道发送信号1。测距响应设备在发送信号1的响应信号(图 6中示为NB#2)之前对NB信道进行LBT。若监听到NB信道未被其他设备占用后,通过该NB信道发送信号1的响应信号。在测距阶段,测距发起设备向测距响应设备依次发送测量信号1的各个分段,测距响应设备向测距发起设备依次发送测量信号2的各个分段。在测量结果上报阶段,测距响应设备在发送测量结果(图6示为NB#3)之前,对NB信道进行LBT。若监听到NB信道未被其他设备占用后,通过该NB信道发送测量结果。If the NB channel is used for data transmission, listen before talk (LBT) needs to be performed before data transmission. If it is detected that the NB channel to be used is occupied by other devices, the NB channel cannot be used, and the device will back off and wait until the NB channel becomes free before it can continue to compete for the use of the NB channel. Therefore, before the UWB system performs data transmission such as configuration, synchronization, and measurement result reporting required for measurement through the NB channel, it needs to perform LBT on the corresponding NB channel, and only after monitoring that the NB channel is not occupied by other devices, it can pass The NB channel performs corresponding data transmission. For example, as shown in Figure 6, in the ranging control phase, the ranging initiating device performs LBT on the NB channel before sending signal 1 (shown as NB#1 in Figure 6). Signal 1 is used for synchronization, configuration, etc. If it detects that the NB channel is not occupied by other devices, it sends signal 1 through the NB channel. The ranging response device is sending the response signal of signal 1 (Fig. LBT is performed on the NB channel before (shown as NB#2 in 6). If it is detected that the NB channel is not occupied by other devices, the response signal of signal 1 is sent through the NB channel. In the ranging phase, the ranging initiating device sequentially sends each segment of the measurement signal 1 to the ranging response device, and the ranging response device sequentially sends each segment of the measurement signal 2 to the ranging initiating device. In the measurement result reporting stage, the ranging response device performs LBT on the NB channel before sending the measurement result (shown as NB#3 in Figure 6). If it detects that the NB channel is not occupied by other devices, the measurement result will be sent through the NB channel.
可见,UWB系统的运行依赖于是否可以竞争到NB信道,导致UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性较低。It can be seen that the operation of the UWB system depends on whether it can compete for the NB channel, resulting in low reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
举例说明,UWB系统在进行测距时,为了增大发射功率,测距发起设备可以将UWB信号拆分为多个分段进行发送。在测距过程中,分段的数量可能发生变化,因此测距发起设备需要通过NB信道发送分段数量变更消息。而测距发起设备通过NB信道发送分段数量变更消息之前,需要进行LBT,若LBT失败,则无法将分段数量变更消息发送出去,导致测距响应设备无法根据变更的分段数量进行测距,影响系统效率,降低UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。For example, when the UWB system performs ranging, in order to increase the transmission power, the ranging initiating device can split the UWB signal into multiple segments for transmission. During the ranging process, the number of segments may change, so the ranging initiating device needs to send a segment number change message through the NB channel. Before the ranging initiating device sends the segment number change message through the NB channel, it needs to perform LBT. If the LBT fails, the segment number change message cannot be sent, causing the ranging response device to be unable to perform ranging based on the changed segment number. , affecting the system efficiency and reducing the reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
基于此,本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,通过UWB信号的分段所携带的前导码指示一些信息,可以降低UWB系统对NB信道的依赖,提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。其中,方法和装置是基于同一构思的,由于方法及装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。Based on this, this application provides a communication method and device, which can reduce the dependence of the UWB system on the NB channel and improve the reliability and robustness of the UWB system by indicating some information through the preamble carried by the segments of the UWB signal. Among them, the method and the device are based on the same concept. Since the principles of the method and the device to solve the problem are similar, the implementation of the device and the method can be referred to each other, and the repeated points will not be repeated.
下文示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是收发设备,或者是收发设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。The embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as it can be provided according to the embodiment of the present application by running a program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. It suffices to communicate by a method. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a transceiver device, or a functional module in the transceiver device that can call a program and execute the program.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following points are explained.
第一,在本申请中,“用于指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示。当描述某一信息用于指示A时,可以包括该信息直接指示A或间接指示A,而并不代表该信息中一定携带有A。First, in this application, "for indicating" may include direct instructions and indirect instructions. When describing certain information to indicate A, it may include that the information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that the information must contain A.
将信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。同时,还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一指示,以降低单独指示同样的信息而带来的指示开销。The information indicated by the information is called information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. For example, but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the information to be indicated. Index of information, etc. The information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can also be achieved by means of a pre-agreed (for example, protocol stipulated) arrangement order of each piece of information, thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent. At the same time, the common parts of each piece of information can also be identified and indicated in a unified manner to reduce the instruction overhead caused by indicating the same information individually.
第二,在本申请中示出的第一、第二以及各种数字编号(例如,“#1”、“#2”等)仅为描述方便,用于区分的对象,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同分段等。而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样描述的对象在适当情况下可以互换,以便能够描述本申请的实施例以外的方案。Second, the first, second and various numerical numbers (for example, "#1", "#2", etc.) shown in this application are only for convenience of description and are used to distinguish objects, and are not used to limit this application. Scope of Application Embodiments. For example, distinguish between different segments, etc. It is not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that objects so described are interchangeable where appropriate to enable description of aspects other than the embodiments of the present application.
第三,在本申请中,“预配置”可包括预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括各个网元)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。Third, in this application, "preconfigured" may include predefined, for example, protocol definitions. Among them, "pre-definition" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the device (for example, including each network element). This application does not limit its specific implementation method.
第四,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。Fourth, in this application, the words "exemplary" or "for example" are used to mean examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" or "such as" is not intended to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, use of the words "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the concept in a concrete manner.
第五,本申请实施例中“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。Fifth, in the embodiments of this application, “at least one” refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
第六,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括WiFi协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Sixth, the "protocol" involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to a standard protocol in the field of communication. For example, it may include the WiFi protocol and related protocols applied in future communication systems. This application does not limit this.
第七,本申请实施例如下描述中所提到的术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步 骤或单元,而是可选地还包括其他没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。Seventh, the terms "include" and "having" mentioned in the following description of the embodiments of this application, as well as any variations thereof, are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that consists of a series of steps or units is not limited to the steps listed. steps or units, but optionally also includes other steps or units not listed, or optionally also includes other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于测距、定位、感知等场景中,例如工厂人员定位、物流仓储中的货物定位、汽车门锁的智能感知等等。The communication method provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to scenarios such as ranging, positioning, and sensing, such as factory personnel positioning, cargo positioning in logistics and warehousing, intelligent sensing of car door locks, and so on.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are for the purpose of explaining the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第一设备可以是测距发起设备,第二设备可以是测距响应设备。或者,第一设备也可以是测距响应设备,第二设备是测距发起设备。本申请不做具体限定。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the present application, the first device may be a ranging initiating device, and the second device may be a ranging responding device. Alternatively, the first device may be a ranging response device, and the second device may be a ranging initiating device. There are no specific limitations in this application.
若第一设备为测距发起设备,下文中第一设备发送的第一测量信号可以为测量信号,第二设备发送的第二测量信号可以为测量响应信号。若第一设备为测距响应设备,下文中第二设备发送的第二测量信号可以为测量信号,第一设备发送的第一测量信号可以为测量响应信号。If the first device is a ranging initiating device, the first measurement signal sent by the first device may be a measurement signal, and the second measurement signal sent by the second device may be a measurement response signal. If the first device is a ranging response device, the second measurement signal sent by the second device may be a measurement signal, and the first measurement signal sent by the first device may be a measurement response signal.
示例性的,本申请实施例中“UWB信号”也可以描述为“测量信号帧”、“测距信号”、“测距信号帧”、“测量传输帧”、“测距传输帧”、“UWB传输帧”、“UWB测距信号”等。For example, "UWB signal" in the embodiment of this application can also be described as "measurement signal frame", "ranging signal", "ranging signal frame", "measurement transmission frame", "ranging transmission frame", " UWB transmission frame", "UWB ranging signal", etc.
为了便于对方案的理解,下面以测距发起设备通过UWB信号的分段所携带的前导码向测距响应设备指示信息为例进行说明,也就是第一设备为测距发起设备,第二设备为测距响应设备。应理解,若测距响应设备通过UWB信号的分段所携带的前导码向测距发起设备指示信息,也就是第一设备为测距响应设备,第二设备为测距发起设备,具体可以参阅测距发起设备通过UWB信号的分段所携带的前导码向测距响应设备指示信息的过程,重复之处不再赘述。In order to facilitate the understanding of the solution, the following description takes the ranging initiating device as an example to indicate information to the ranging response device through the preamble carried by the segmentation of the UWB signal. That is, the first device is the ranging initiating device, and the second device For ranging response equipment. It should be understood that if the ranging response device indicates information to the ranging initiating device through the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal, that is, the first device is the ranging response device and the second device is the ranging initiating device. For details, please refer to The process of the ranging initiating device indicating information to the ranging response device through the preamble carried by the segments of the UWB signal will not be described again.
需要说明的是,下文中仅以测距发起设备和测距响应设备为执行主体说明。可选的,测距发起设备的操作还可以由测距发起设备中的处理器、芯片或一个功能模块执行;测距响应设备的操作还可以由测距响应设备中的处理器、芯片或一个功能模块执行,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that in the following description, only the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device are used as execution subjects. Optionally, the operation of the ranging initiating device can also be performed by a processor, a chip or a functional module in the ranging initiating device; the operation of the ranging response device can also be performed by a processor, a chip or a functional module in the ranging response device. Function module execution, this application does not limit this.
一种示例性说明中,本申请中UWB信号的分段可以为只包含前导码的信号(preamble-only packet)。In an exemplary explanation, the segments of the UWB signal in this application may be signals containing only preambles (preamble-only packets).
本申请实施例中时间单元可以是包括一个测距时隙(也可以理解为一个测距机会),也即同一UWB信号相邻的两个分段之间的时间间隔为1个测距时隙。假设时间单元为1ms,则同一UWB信号相邻的两个分段之间的时间间隔为1ms。In the embodiment of the present application, the time unit may include a ranging time slot (which can also be understood as a ranging opportunity), that is, the time interval between two adjacent segments of the same UWB signal is one ranging time slot. . Assuming that the time unit is 1ms, the time interval between two adjacent segments of the same UWB signal is 1ms.
或者,时间单元也可以包括多个测距时隙(也可以理解为多个测距机会),对于一个测距时隙而言,其时间持续长度小于1ms。例如,如图7所示。该情况下,系统调度的时间粒度需要更小。本申请关于前导码变更/前导码传递指示信息的描述仍然适用,但在实际系统实施时,需要考虑更细时间粒度的调度指示方式,本申请不对此进行赘述。Alternatively, the time unit may also include multiple ranging time slots (which can also be understood as multiple ranging opportunities). For one ranging time slot, its time duration is less than 1 ms. For example, as shown in Figure 7. In this case, the time granularity of system scheduling needs to be smaller. The description of the preamble change/preamble delivery instruction information in this application is still applicable, but in actual system implementation, a more fine-grained scheduling instruction method needs to be considered, and this application will not go into details.
参见图8,为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法包括:Refer to Figure 8, which is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by this application. The method includes:
S801,测距发起设备向测距响应设备发送第一UWB信号的第一分段。相应的,测距响应设备接收来自的测距发起设备的第一UWB信号的第一分段。S801: The ranging initiating device sends the first segment of the first UWB signal to the ranging response device. Correspondingly, the ranging response device receives the first segment of the first UWB signal from the ranging initiating device.
其中,第一分段携带第一前导码。可选的,上述第一前导码可以是测量控制阶段配置的前导码。Wherein, the first segment carries the first preamble. Optionally, the above-mentioned first preamble may be a preamble configured in the measurement control stage.
一种示例性说明中,第一UWB信号可以是测距发起设备向测距响应设备发送的UWB信号,下文中的第二UWB信号可以是测距响应设备向测距发起设备发送的UWB信号。In an exemplary description, the first UWB signal may be a UWB signal sent by the ranging initiating device to the ranging response device, and the second UWB signal below may be a UWB signal sent by the ranging response device to the ranging initiating device.
S802,测距发起设备向测距响应设备发送第一UWB信号的第二分段。相应的,测距响应设备接收来自测距发起设备的第一UWB信号的第二分段。S802: The ranging initiating device sends the second segment of the first UWB signal to the ranging response device. Correspondingly, the ranging response device receives the second segment of the first UWB signal from the ranging initiating device.
其中,第二分段携带第二前导码,第一前导码和第二前导码不同。The second segment carries a second preamble, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different.
第一前导码和第二前导码用于触发第一操作,具体来说,通过由第一前导码变更为第二前导码来触发第一操作。通过该方式,可以通过UWB信号实现对信息的指示,从而可以降低UWB系统对NB信号的依赖,提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。The first preamble and the second preamble are used to trigger the first operation. Specifically, the first operation is triggered by changing the first preamble to the second preamble. In this way, information can be indicated through UWB signals, thereby reducing the dependence of the UWB system on the NB signal and improving the reliability and robustness of the UWB system.
示例性的,第一操作可以为停止发送UWB信号的分段,也就是,第一前导码和第二前导码用于指示(或触发)测距响应设备停止发送第二UWB信号的分段。Exemplarily, the first operation may be to stop sending segments of the UWB signal, that is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to stop sending segments of the second UWB signal.
或者,第一操作也可以为增加UWB信号的分段数量,也就是,第一前导码和第二前导码用于指示(或触发)测距响应设备增加第二UWB信号的分段数量。Alternatively, the first operation may also be to increase the number of segments of the UWB signal, that is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal.
或者,第一操作还可以为发送第一指示,第一指示用于启动测距轮。也就是,第一前导码和第二前导码用于指示(或触发)测距响应设备向测距发起设备发送第一指示。 Alternatively, the first operation may also be to send a first instruction, and the first instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel. That is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to send the first instruction to the ranging initiating device.
或者,第一操作还可以为对测量结果进行上报。也就是,第一前导码和第二前导码用于指示(或触发)测距响应设备对第一UWB信号的测量结果进行上报。Alternatively, the first operation may also be to report the measurement results. That is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to report the measurement result of the first UWB signal.
或者,第一操作还可以为对第二指示进行应答,第二指示用于启动测距轮。也就是,第一前导码和第二前导码用于指示(或触发)测距响应设备对来自测距发起设备的第二指示进行应答。Alternatively, the first operation may also be a response to a second instruction for activating the distance measuring wheel. That is, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to instruct (or trigger) the ranging response device to respond to the second instruction from the ranging initiating device.
或者,第一操作还可以包括以下操作中的任意多种:停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;增加第二UWB信号的分段数量;向第一设备发送第一指示,该第一指示用于启动测距轮;对测量结果进行上报;或者,对来自第一设备的第二指示进行应答,该第二指示用于启动测距轮。例如,第一操作为停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,且向第一设备发送该第一指示。再例如,第一操作为增加第二UWB信号的分段数量,且对测量结果进行上报。Alternatively, the first operation may also include any of the following operations: stopping sending segments of the second UWB signal; increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal; sending a first indication to the first device, the first indication using to start the distance measuring wheel; to report the measurement results; or to respond to a second instruction from the first device, the second instruction being used to start the distance measuring wheel. For example, the first operation is to stop sending segments of the second UWB signal and send the first indication to the first device. For another example, the first operation is to increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal and report the measurement results.
应理解,上述第一操作仅是一些举例说明,具体实施中,第一前导码和第二前导码还可以指示其他操作或者其他信息,这里不做具体限定。测距发起设备和测距响应设备确定第一操作的具体方式将在下文详细说明。It should be understood that the above-mentioned first operations are only some examples. In specific implementations, the first preamble and the second preamble may also indicate other operations or other information, which are not specifically limited here. The specific manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation will be described in detail below.
S803,测距响应设备根据第一前导码和第二前导码执行第一操作。S803: The ranging response device performs the first operation according to the first preamble and the second preamble.
本申请实施例中通过前导码变更指示信息,相比于通过NB信道发送该信息,无需进行LBT,从而可以提升对端设备(也就是测距响应设备)接收到该信息的概率,进而可以提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。例如,通过NB信道指示对端设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,若LBT未竞争到该NB信道,导致对端设备无法及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而导致对端设备继续发送UWB信号的分段,一方面导致UWB资源被占用,比较浪费,另一方面导致设备的功耗较大。而本申请实施例中通过前导码变更触发对端设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,使得对端设备可以及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而可以及时停止发送UWB信号的分段。通过该方式,一方面可以及时释放UWB资源,提升UWB资源的利用率,另一方面可以降低设备的功耗,还可以降低对其它设备的干扰。In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble change indication information is used. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability that the opposite end device (that is, the ranging response device) receives the information, thereby improving the probability of receiving the information. Reliability and robustness of UWB systems. For example, if the peer device is instructed to stop sending UWB signal segments through the NB channel, if the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the peer device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the peer device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power. In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble code is changed to trigger the opposite end device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the opposite end device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time. Through this method, on the one hand, UWB resources can be released in time and the utilization rate of UWB resources can be improved. On the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced, and the interference to other devices can also be reduced.
并且,通过前导码变更的方式指示信息,可以避免UWB信号携带数据,从而可以避免UWB信号功率降低,避免降低对端设备(也就是测距响应设备)发起端信号接收质量。In addition, by indicating information by changing the preamble, the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby avoiding the reduction of UWB signal power and the degradation of the signal reception quality of the initiator of the opposite end device (that is, the ranging response device).
一种可能的实施方式中,测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备执行第一操作时,将第一UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更为第二前导码。通过该方式,使得测距响应设备在检测到前导码发生变更时触发测距响应设备执行第一操作。In a possible implementation, the ranging initiating device may change the preamble carried in the segment of the first UWB signal to the second preamble when determining that the ranging response device performs the first operation. In this manner, the ranging response device triggers the ranging response device to perform the first operation when detecting a change in the preamble.
一个具体的示例中,假设测距发起设备和测距响应设备在测量控制阶段配置交互8个分段,并配置分段携带前导码1,例如可以通过测距控制阶段的轮询信号和响应信号配置分段数量8以及前导码1。测距发起设备和测距响应设备依次发送各个分段,且各个分段携带前导码1。In a specific example, it is assumed that the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device are configured to interact with 8 segments in the measurement control phase, and the segments are configured to carry preamble 1, for example, through the polling signal and response signal in the ranging control phase. Configure the number of segments to 8 and the preamble to 1. The ranging initiating device and the ranging response device send each segment in sequence, and each segment carries preamble 1.
需要说明的是,本申请仅以测距控制阶段配置测距发起设备和测距响应设备的分段携带相同的前导码(即前导码1)为例进行说明,在具体实施中,也可以配置测距发起设备和测距响应设备的分段携带不同的前导码,这里不做具体限定。It should be noted that this application only takes the example of configuring the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device to carry the same preamble (i.e., preamble 1) in the ranging control phase as an example. In a specific implementation, it may also be configured The segments of the ranging initiating device and the ranging responding device carry different preambles, which are not specifically limited here.
在不通过前导码变更指示信息的情况下,测距过程可以如图9所示。Without using preamble change indication information, the ranging process can be as shown in Figure 9.
以第一操作为停止发送UWB信号的分段为例,若测距发起设备在接收到测距响应设备发送UWB信号2的分段2的时候,确定已接收到的分段累计的信号强度(例如SNR值),测距发起设备可以在UWB信号1的分段3中携带前导码2,如图10所示。Taking the segment where the first operation is to stop sending UWB signals as an example, if the ranging initiating device receives segment 2 of UWB signal 2 sent by the ranging response device, it determines the accumulated signal strength of the received segments ( For example, SNR value), the ranging initiating device can carry preamble 2 in segment 3 of UWB signal 1, as shown in Figure 10.
需要说明的是,图9和图10,以及后续的图11-图28均以在时间单元0发送的分段为分段0,在时间单元1发送的分段为分段1,以此类推,在时间单元7发送的分段为分段7为例进行说明,本申请并不限定时间单元的序号和分段序号的关系。It should be noted that in Figures 9 and 10, as well as the subsequent Figures 11 to 28, the segment sent in time unit 0 is segment 0, the segment sent in time unit 1 is segment 1, and so on. , the segment sent in time unit 7 is segment 7 as an example for explanation. This application does not limit the relationship between the serial number of the time unit and the segment serial number.
可选的,为了保证测距响应设备成功检测到第二前导码,测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备执行第一操作之后发送的一个或多个分段中携带第二前导码。例如,结合上述图10所示例子,测距发起设备可以在UWB信号1的分段3以及之后的分段中携带前导码2,如图11所示。Optionally, in order to ensure that the ranging response device successfully detects the second preamble, the ranging initiating device may carry the second preamble in one or more segments sent after determining that the ranging response device performs the first operation. For example, with reference to the above example shown in Figure 10, the ranging initiating device can carry preamble 2 in segment 3 of UWB signal 1 and subsequent segments, as shown in Figure 11.
测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备检测到第二前导码之后,或者,到达预配置的第一UWB信号的最大分段数量时,停止发送第二前导码。The ranging initiating device may stop sending the second preamble after determining that the ranging response device detects the second preamble, or when a preconfigured maximum number of segments of the first UWB signal is reached.
需要说明的,本申请中“发送第二前导码”可以理解为发送携带第二前导码的分段,“停止发送第二前导码”可以理解为停止发送携带第二前导码的分段。It should be noted that in this application, "sending the second preamble" can be understood as sending the segment carrying the second preamble, and "stopping sending the second preamble" can be understood as stopping sending the segment carrying the second preamble.
下面介绍测距发起设备确定测距响应设备检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码的三种方式。The following describes three ways for the ranging initiating device to determine that the ranging response device has detected the second preamble carried in the second segment.
方式一:测距发起设备接收第二UWB信号中的第三分段,第三分段携带第三前导码,第三前导码 用于指示检测到第二前导码。例如,结合上述图10所示例子,测距响应设备在检测到UWB信号1的分段3携带的前导码2之后,可以在UWB信号2的分段3中携带一个与前导码1不同的前导码(图12中以前导码3为例),如图12所示。Method 1: The ranging initiating device receives the third segment in the second UWB signal. The third segment carries the third preamble. The third preamble Used to indicate that the second preamble is detected. For example, based on the example shown in Figure 10 above, after detecting the preamble 2 carried in segment 3 of UWB signal 1, the ranging response device can carry a preamble different from preamble 1 in segment 3 of UWB signal 2. code (preamble code 3 is taken as an example in Figure 12), as shown in Figure 12.
其中,第三前导码与第一前导码不同,第三前导码和第二前导码可以相同也可以不同,这里不做具体限定。The third preamble code is different from the first preamble code. The third preamble code and the second preamble code may be the same or different, and are not specifically limited here.
该方式通过双向握手的方式可以使得测距发起设备确认信息的传递成功,进而提高系统的鲁棒性。其中,测距发起设备通过第二分段向测距响应设备发送第二前导码,测距响应设备通过第三分段向测距发起设备发送第三前导码,以使测距发起设备确定测距响应设备检测到第二前导码,该过程可以称为双向握手的过程。This method can make the ranging initiating device confirm the transmission of information successfully through a two-way handshake, thereby improving the robustness of the system. Wherein, the ranging initiating device sends a second preamble to the ranging response device through the second segment, and the ranging response device sends a third preamble to the ranging initiating device through the third segment, so that the ranging initiating device determines the measurement Until the responding device detects the second preamble, this process can be called a two-way handshake process.
方式二:测距发起设备未接收到第二UWB信号中的第四分段,第四分段与第二分段位于同一个时间单元。例如,结合上述图10所示例子,测距响应设备在检测到UWB信号1的分段3之后,可以不再发送UWB信号2的分段3以及之后的分段。如图13所示。Method 2: The ranging initiating device does not receive the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment and the second segment are located in the same time unit. For example, with reference to the above example shown in Figure 10, after detecting segment 3 of UWB signal 1, the ranging response device may no longer send segment 3 of UWB signal 2 and subsequent segments. As shown in Figure 13.
可选的,该方式二可以应用于测距响应设备的处理能力比较强的场景中,测距响应设备的处理能力比较强,可以在发送第四分段之前完成对第二分段之前的分段的信号合并。该测距响应设备可以检测到第二分段中的第二前导码后停止发送第二UWB信号的分段。Optionally, this second method can be applied in scenarios where the ranging response device has relatively strong processing capabilities and can complete the segmentation before the second segment before sending the fourth segment. Segment signal merging. The ranging response device may stop sending the segment of the second UWB signal after detecting the second preamble in the second segment.
方式三,测距发起设备未接收到第二UWB信号的第五分段,第五分段所在的时间单元晚于第二分段所在的时间单元。Method 3: The ranging initiating device does not receive the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, and the time unit of the fifth segment is later than the time unit of the second segment.
可选的,该方式三可以应用于测距响应设备的处理能力比较弱的场景中,测距响应设备的处理能力比较弱,无法在发送第四分段之前完成对第二分段之前的分段的信号合并。该测距响应设备可以检测到第二分段中的第二前导码后,在第二分段所在的时间单元的下一个时间单元开始或者第二分段所在的时间单元之后间隔一个或多个时间单元开始停止不发送第二UWB信号的分段。例如,以在第二分段所在的时间单元的下一个时间单元开始停止不发送第二UWB信号的分段为例,结合上述图10所示例子,测距响应设备在检测到UWB信号1的分段3之后,可以不再发送UWB信号2的分段4以及之后的分段,如图14所示。Optionally, method three can be applied in scenarios where the processing capability of the ranging response device is relatively weak and the processing capability of the ranging response device is relatively weak and cannot complete the segmentation before the second segment before sending the fourth segment. Segment signal merging. After detecting the second preamble in the second segment, the ranging response device may start the next time unit of the time unit where the second segment is located or one or more intervals after the time unit where the second segment is located. The time unit starts to stop the segment in which the second UWB signal is not sent. For example, taking the segment that stops sending the second UWB signal in the next time unit of the time unit where the second segment is located as an example, combined with the example shown in Figure 10 above, the ranging response device detects UWB signal 1 After segment 3, segment 4 and subsequent segments of UWB signal 2 may no longer be sent, as shown in Figure 14.
以上介绍了测距发起设备通过UWB信号的前导码指示测距响应设备执行第一操作的方案。下面对测距发起设备在指示测距响应设备执行第一操作之后,测距发起设备的行为。The above describes the solution in which the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to perform the first operation through the preamble of the UWB signal. The following is the behavior of the ranging initiating device after instructing the ranging response device to perform the first operation.
一种可能的示例中,测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备检测到第二前导码之后,也执行第一操作。In a possible example, the ranging initiating device may also perform the first operation after determining that the ranging response device detects the second preamble.
例如,若第一操作为停止发送UWB信号的分段,则测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备检测到第二前导码,停止发送第一UWB信号的分段。例如,结合上述图12所示举例,测距发起设备可以停止发送UWB信号的分段4以及之后的分段,如图15所示。For example, if the first operation is to stop sending segments of the UWB signal, the ranging initiating device may stop sending segments of the first UWB signal after determining that the ranging response device detects the second preamble. For example, with reference to the example shown in FIG. 12 above, the ranging initiating device may stop sending segment 4 and subsequent segments of the UWB signal, as shown in FIG. 15 .
又例如,若第一操作为增加UWB信号的分段数量,则测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备检测到第二前导码,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量。For another example, if the first operation is to increase the number of segments of the UWB signal, then the ranging initiating device may increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal after determining that the ranging response device detects the second preamble.
该示例可以用于在测距发起设备和测距响应设备各自的接收机噪声水准相同或接近的场景中,该场景中测距发起设备基于当前累计接收的第二UWB信号的分段而累计出的接收信号质量情况(例如信噪比(signal-noise ratio,SNR)值),与测距响应设备基于当前累计接收的第一UWB信号的分段而累计出的接收信号质量情况(如SNR值),相同或者差异较小。因此,测距发起设备在指示测距响应设备执行第一操作,测距发起设备也可以执行第一操作,从而可以维持测距发起设备和测距响应设备的测距行为的一致性。This example can be used in a scenario where the respective receiver noise levels of the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device are the same or close. In this scenario, the ranging initiating device accumulates based on the currently accumulated received segments of the second UWB signal. The received signal quality (such as signal-noise ratio (SNR) value), and the received signal quality (such as SNR value) accumulated by the ranging response device based on the currently accumulated received segments of the first UWB signal ), the same or the difference is small. Therefore, when the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to perform the first operation, the ranging initiating device can also perform the first operation, so that the consistency of ranging behaviors of the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device can be maintained.
另一种可能的示例中,测距发起设备也可以在测距响应设备的指示下执行其他操作。例如,测距响应设备可以通过如下A~A3指示测距发起设备执行第二操作:In another possible example, the ranging initiating device can also perform other operations under the instruction of the ranging response device. For example, the ranging response device can instruct the ranging initiating device to perform the second operation through A to A3 as follows:
A1,测距响应设备向测距发起设备发送第二UWB信号的第六分段,第六分段携带第一前导码。A1: The ranging response device sends the sixth segment of the second UWB signal to the ranging initiating device, and the sixth segment carries the first preamble.
A2,测距响应设备向测距发起设备发送第二UWB信号的第七分段,第七分段携带第四前导码,第四前导码与第一前导码不同。A2: The ranging response device sends the seventh segment of the second UWB signal to the ranging initiating device. The seventh segment carries the fourth preamble, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble.
A3,测距发起设备根据第一前导码和第四前导码执行第二操作。A3: The ranging initiating device performs the second operation based on the first preamble and the fourth preamble.
其中,测距响应设备指示测距发起设备执行第二操作的过程,与测距发起设备指示测距响应设备执行第一操作的过程类似,具体可以参阅前文的相关描述。The process in which the ranging response device instructs the ranging initiating device to perform the second operation is similar to the process in which the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to perform the first operation. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions above.
第二操作可以参阅第一操作的相关说明,这里不再重复说明。需要说明的是,第二操作与第一操作 可以相同,也可以不同,这里不做具体限定。For the second operation, please refer to the relevant description of the first operation, and the description will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the second operation and the first operation They can be the same or different, and there are no specific limitations here.
以第二操作为停止发送UWB信号的分段为例,结合图13所示举例,测距发起设备在通过UWB信号1的分段3的前导码变更指示测距响应设备停止发送UWB信号2的分段之后。由于测距响应设备的噪声水平跟测距发起设备差异较大,测距响应设备仍需要接收更多的UWB信号1的分段来进行信号合并。因此,测距发起设备向测距响应设备继续发送UWB信号1的分段。可选的,UWB信号1的分段3之后发送的分段可以携带前导码1。Taking the segment where the second operation is to stop sending UWB signals as an example, combined with the example shown in Figure 13, the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to stop sending UWB signal 2 through the preamble change of segment 3 of UWB signal 1. After segmentation. Since the noise level of the ranging response device is significantly different from that of the ranging initiating device, the ranging response device still needs to receive more segments of UWB signal 1 for signal merging. Therefore, the ranging initiating device continues to send segments of UWB signal 1 to the ranging responding device. Optionally, the segment sent after segment 3 of UWB signal 1 may carry preamble 1.
若测距响应设备在接收到测距发送设备发送UWB信号1的分段5的时候,确定已接收到的分段累计的信号强度(例如SNR值),测距响应设备可以发送UWB信号的分段5并在该分段中携带一个与前导码1不同的前导码(图16中以前导码2为例),测距发起设备在检测到UWB信号2的分段5携带的前导码2后,停止发送UWB信号1的分段6以及之后的分段。如图16所示。应理解,若测距发起设备采用上述方式一所述的双向握手的方式向测距响应设备指示已检测到UWB信号2的分段5携带的前导码2,则测距发起设备可以发送UWB信号1的分段6,并在该分段中携带前导码3,并停止发送UWB信号1的分段7以及之后的分段。If the ranging response device determines the accumulated signal strength (such as SNR value) of the received segments when receiving segment 5 of UWB signal 1 sent by the ranging sending device, the ranging response device can send segments of the UWB signal. Segment 5 and carries a preamble different from preamble 1 in this segment (preamble 2 is taken as an example in Figure 16). After the ranging initiating device detects preamble 2 carried in segment 5 of UWB signal 2 , stop sending segment 6 of UWB signal 1 and subsequent segments. As shown in Figure 16. It should be understood that if the ranging initiating device indicates to the ranging response device that it has detected the preamble 2 carried in segment 5 of the UWB signal 2 by using the two-way handshake method described in the above method 1, the ranging initiating device can send the UWB signal. Segment 6 of 1, and carry preamble 3 in this segment, and stop sending segment 7 of UWB signal 1 and subsequent segments.
以上介绍了测距发起设备指示测距响应设备执行第一操作的过程,下面对测距发起设备和测距响应设备确定第一操作的过程进行说明。The above describes the process of the ranging initiating device instructing the ranging response device to perform the first operation. The following describes the process of the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determining the first operation.
一种可能的方式中,测距发起设备通过第二分段所在的时间单元指示第一操作。相应的,测距响应设备可以根据第二分段所在的时间单元确定第一操作。In a possible manner, the ranging initiating device indicates the first operation through the time unit in which the second segment is located. Correspondingly, the ranging response device may determine the first operation according to the time unit in which the second segment is located.
举例说明,结合上述图10所示举例,假设时间单元4用于指示停止发送UWB信号的分段,时间单元7用于指示增加UWB信号的分段数量。For example, with reference to the example shown in FIG. 10 above, it is assumed that time unit 4 is used to instruct to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, and time unit 7 is used to instruct to increase the number of segments of the UWB signal.
基于此,测距发起设备若想指示测距响应设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,则测距发起设备可以在时隙4发送第二分段,换句话说,测距发起设备可以在时间单元4将第一UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更为前导码2。相应的,测距响应设备在时间单元4检测到发生前导码变更,则停止发送UWB信号2的分段,如图17所示。Based on this, if the ranging initiating device wants to instruct the ranging response device to stop sending segments of the UWB signal, the ranging initiating device can send the second segment in time slot 4. In other words, the ranging initiating device can send the second segment in the time unit 4. Change the preamble carried by the segment of the first UWB signal to preamble 2. Correspondingly, the ranging response device detects that the preamble code changes in time unit 4, and stops sending the segments of UWB signal 2, as shown in Figure 17.
测距发起设备若想指示测距响应设备增加UWB信号的分段,则测距发起设备可以在时间单元7发送第二分段,换句话说,测距发起设备可以在时间单元7将第一UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更为前导码2。相应的,假设预先配置了增加的数量为3个分段,测距响应设备在时间单元7检测到发生前导码变更,则将UWB信号2的分段增加3个分段。如图18所示。If the ranging initiating device wants to instruct the ranging response device to add a segment of the UWB signal, the ranging initiating device can send the second segment in time unit 7. In other words, the ranging initiating device can send the first segment in time unit 7. The preamble carried by the segments of the UWB signal is changed to preamble 2. Correspondingly, assuming that the increased number is preconfigured to be 3 segments, and the ranging response device detects that a preamble code change occurs in time unit 7, it increases the segments of UWB signal 2 by 3 segments. As shown in Figure 18.
上述方式中通过在不同的时间单元进行前导码变更可以实现对不同信息的指示,该方式可以通过隐式指示的方式,可以降低信令开销。In the above method, different information can be indicated by changing the preamble in different time units. This method can reduce signaling overhead through implicit indication.
可选的,每个操作可以对应一个或多个时间单元,这里不做具体限定。Optionally, each operation can correspond to one or more time units, which are not specifically limited here.
每个操作对应的时间单元的位置可以是预配置的。The location of the time unit corresponding to each operation can be preconfigured.
或者,第二分段所在的时间单元对应的操作也可以是测距发起设备和测距响应设备根据第一信息确定的,第一信息指示至少一个时间单元对应的操作,至少一个时间单元包括第二分段所在的时间单元。Alternatively, the operation corresponding to the time unit in which the second segment is located may also be determined by the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device based on the first information. The first information indicates the operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and the at least one time unit includes the third time unit. The time unit where the second segment is located.
其中,第一信息可以是测距发起设备和测距响应设备预先约定的。例如,测距发起设备向测距响应设备发送第一信息,其中,测距发起设备可以通过如下方式确定第一信息:自己生成、或者从第三设备接收的。又例如,测距响应设备向测距发起设备发送第一信息,其中,测距响应设备可以通过如下方式确定第一信息:自己生成、或者从第三设备接收的。可选的,第一信息通过NB信道进行交互,比如,可以携带在轮询信号当中。The first information may be pre-agreed by the ranging initiating device and the ranging responding device. For example, the ranging initiating device sends the first information to the ranging response device, where the ranging initiating device can determine the first information in the following manner: generated by itself or received from a third device. For another example, the ranging response device sends the first information to the ranging initiating device, where the ranging response device can determine the first information in the following manner: generated by itself or received from a third device. Optionally, the first information is exchanged through the NB channel, for example, it can be carried in the polling signal.
或者,第一信息也可以是测距发起设备和测距响应设备从第三设备获取的。Alternatively, the first information may be obtained by the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device from the third device.
示例性的,第一信息可以如表1所示。For example, the first information may be as shown in Table 1.
表1

Table 1

应理解,表1仅是一种示例性说明,本申请并不限定每个操作对应的时间单元的数量。并且,本申请并不限于指示表1所列举的操作,第一信息还可以指示表1以外的操作,或者,第一信息也可以仅指示表1中的部分操作,或者,也可以是预定义表1的部分/全部结合预定义表1以外的操作,等等。其中,启动测距轮的含义包括但不限于:启动时间上相邻或者不相邻的新测距轮、当前轮次的测量上报阶段直接用来启动新的测距轮等等,本申请对启动测距轮所针对的时间阶段不做具体限定。It should be understood that Table 1 is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit the number of time units corresponding to each operation. Furthermore, this application is not limited to instructing the operations listed in Table 1. The first information may also instruct operations other than those listed in Table 1, or the first information may only instruct some operations in Table 1, or it may also be predefined. Part/all of table 1 combined with operations outside of predefined table 1, etc. Among them, the meaning of starting a distance measuring wheel includes but is not limited to: starting a new distance measuring wheel that is adjacent or not adjacent in time, the current round of measurement reporting stage is directly used to start a new distance measuring wheel, etc. This application is The time period for starting the measuring wheel is not specifically limited.
一个具体示例中,第一信息可以以列表的形式承载在信元当中,如图19所示。其中,时间单元列表长度字段用于指示时间单元列表的长度,具体可以指示第一信息配置的时间单元的数量。时间单元列表字段用于指示各个时间单元对应的操作。具体的,时间单元列表字段可以包括时间单元索引子字段以及操作索引子字段。其中,时间单元索引子字段包括一个或多个时间单元,操作索引子字段包括时间单元对应的操作。In a specific example, the first information may be carried in the cell in the form of a list, as shown in Figure 19. The time unit list length field is used to indicate the length of the time unit list. Specifically, it may indicate the number of time units configured in the first information. The time unit list field is used to indicate the operations corresponding to each time unit. Specifically, the time unit list field may include a time unit index subfield and an operation index subfield. The time unit index subfield includes one or more time units, and the operation index subfield includes operations corresponding to the time units.
另一种可能的方式中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备根据第二信息确定第一操作。其中,第二信息指示:若UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更,则指示测距响应设备执行第一操作。In another possible manner, the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation based on the second information. Wherein, the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal is changed, the ranging response device is instructed to perform the first operation.
其中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第二信息的方式,可以参阅测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第一信息的方式,这里不再重复说明。For the manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the second information, please refer to the manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the first information, which will not be described again here.
该方式的一种具体实现方式中,可以预先定义各个操作对应的字段取值,从而第二信息可以通过具体取值指示对应的操作。示例性的,各个操作对应的字段取值可以如表2所示。In a specific implementation of this method, the field values corresponding to each operation can be predefined, so that the second information can indicate the corresponding operation through specific values. For example, the field values corresponding to each operation can be as shown in Table 2.
表2
Table 2
应理解,表2仅是一种示例性说明,本申请并不限定每个操作对应的取值。并且,本申请并不限于预定义表2所列举的操作,还可以预定义表2以外的操作,或者,也可以仅预定义表2中的部分操作,或者,也可以是预定义表2的部分/全部结合预定义表2以外的操作,等等。It should be understood that Table 2 is only an illustrative description, and this application does not limit the values corresponding to each operation. Moreover, this application is not limited to predefining the operations listed in Table 2. It can also predefine operations other than Table 2, or it can also predefine only some of the operations in Table 2, or it can also predefine the operations of Table 2. Some/all combinations of operations outside of predefined table 2, etc.
可选的,测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取各个操作对应的取值的方式,可以参阅测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第一信息的方式,这里不再重复说明。 Optionally, for the method for the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device to obtain the values corresponding to each operation, please refer to the method for the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device to obtain the first information, which will not be repeated here.
举例说明,假设第二信息为取1,依据表2的记载,前导码变更表示UWB信号的分段数量增大一倍。假设测距发起设备和测距响应设备预先约定双方各自交互2个分段用于测距。其中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备端均采用同一种前导码序列(假设为前导码1)。测距发起设备在时间单元1中通过变更前导码的方式,指示测距响应设备将UWB信号2的分段数量增加一倍,即4个分段。当测距发起设备在时间单元3,确定需要进一步增大分段数量,则在时间单元3中通过变更前导码的方式,指示测距响应设备将UWB信号2的分段数量再增加一倍,即8个分段。在该示例中,不区分前导码的具体变更方式(前导码1变为前导码2,或前导码2变回为前导码1),只要前导码发生了变更,则执行第二信息指示的操作。以前导码的变更方式为前导码1变为前导码2为例,该过程可以如图20所示。For example, assuming that the second information is 1, according to the records in Table 2, the preamble change indicates that the number of segments of the UWB signal is doubled. It is assumed that the ranging initiating device and the ranging responding device have pre-arranged that both parties will interact with two segments for ranging. Among them, both the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device use the same preamble sequence (assumed to be preamble 1). The ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to double the number of segments of the UWB signal 2 by changing the preamble in time unit 1, that is, 4 segments. When the ranging initiating device determines that the number of segments needs to be further increased in time unit 3, it instructs the ranging response device to double the number of segments of UWB signal 2 by changing the preamble in time unit 3. That is 8 segments. In this example, the specific change method of the preamble is not distinguished (preamble 1 becomes preamble 2, or preamble 2 changes back to preamble 1). As long as the preamble is changed, the operation indicated by the second information is performed. . Taking the preamble changing mode as preamble 1 to preamble 2 as an example, the process can be shown in Figure 20.
再一种可能的方式中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备根据第三信息确定第一操作。其中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第二前导码。In yet another possible manner, the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation based on the third information. The third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes a second preamble.
其中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第三信息的方式,可以参阅测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第一信息的方式,这里不再重复说明。For the manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the third information, please refer to the manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the first information, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第三信息可以如表3所示。For example, the third information may be as shown in Table 3.
表3
table 3
应理解,表3仅是一种示例性说明,本申请并不限定每个前导码索引对应的操作。并且,本申请并不限于指示表3所列举的操作,第三信息还可以指示表3以外的操作,或者,第三信息也可以仅指示表3中的部分操作,或者,第三信息也可以指示表3中的部分/全部操作结合表3以外的操作,等等。It should be understood that Table 3 is only an exemplary description, and this application does not limit the operations corresponding to each preamble index. Moreover, this application is not limited to instructing the operations listed in Table 3. The third information can also instruct operations other than those listed in Table 3. Alternatively, the third information can also instruct only some of the operations in Table 3. Alternatively, the third information can also instruct some operations listed in Table 3. Instructs some/all of the operations in Table 3 combined with operations outside of Table 3, and so on.
一个具体示例中,第三信息可以以列表的形式承载在信元当中,如图21所示。其中,前导码列表长度字段用于指示前导码列表的长度,具体可以指示第三信息配置的前导码的数量。前导码列表字段用于指示各个前导码对应的操作。具体的,前导码列表字段可以包括前导码索引子字段以及操作索引子字段。其中,前导码索引子字段包括一个或多个前导码,操作索引子字段包括前导码对应的操作。In a specific example, the third information may be carried in the cell in the form of a list, as shown in Figure 21. The preamble list length field is used to indicate the length of the preamble list, and specifically may indicate the number of preambles configured in the third information. The preamble list field is used to indicate the operation corresponding to each preamble. Specifically, the preamble list field may include a preamble index subfield and an operation index subfield. The preamble index subfield includes one or more preambles, and the operation index subfield includes operations corresponding to the preambles.
举例说明,假设测距发起设备和测距响应设备预先约定双方各自交互8个分段用于测距。若测距发起设备不需要向测距响应设备指示信息,则可以在分段中携带索引为0的前导码。若测距发起设备指示测距响应设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,则可以在分段中携带索引为1的前导码。测距响应设备在检测到索引为1的前导码后停止发送UWB信号2的分段。For example, assume that the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device have agreed in advance that each of them will interact with 8 segments for ranging. If the ranging initiating device does not need to indicate information to the ranging response device, the preamble with index 0 can be carried in the segment. If the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to stop sending a segment of the UWB signal, the preamble with index 1 may be carried in the segment. The ranging response device stops sending segments of UWB signal 2 after detecting the preamble with index 1.
若测距发起设备指示测距响应设备将UWB信号的分段数量增加一倍,则可以在分段中携带索引为2的前导码。测距响应设备在检测到索引为2的前导码后将UWB信号2的分段数量增加一倍,即16个分段。If the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to double the number of segments of the UWB signal, the preamble with index 2 can be carried in the segments. The ranging response device doubles the number of segments of UWB signal 2 after detecting the preamble with index 2, that is, 16 segments.
一种可能的实现方式中,不同前导码之间可以基于同一个序列经过不同的循环移位长度生成。因此,第三信息可以通过不同的循环移位长度表示对应的前导码。In a possible implementation, different preambles can be generated based on the same sequence with different cyclic shift lengths. Therefore, the third information can represent the corresponding preamble through different cyclic shift lengths.
其中,循环移位长度可以为一个数值。 Among them, the cyclic shift length can be a numerical value.
循环移位的示例1:假设序列为{1,0,-1,1,-1},移位长度为2,向序列的右侧移动,则循环移动后生成的序列为{1,-1,1,0,-1}。换言之,原序列从左至右的第一位至第三位元素1,0,-1,此时变为新生成序列的第三位至第五位元素。原序列第四位至第五位元素,1和-1,此时变为新生成序列的第一位至第二位元素。Example 1 of circular shift: Assume that the sequence is {1,0,-1,1,-1}, the shift length is 2, and moving to the right side of the sequence, the sequence generated after the circular shift is {1,-1 ,1,0,-1}. In other words, the first to third elements of the original sequence from left to right, 1,0,-1, now become the third to fifth elements of the newly generated sequence. The fourth to fifth elements of the original sequence, 1 and -1, now become the first to second elements of the newly generated sequence.
循环移位的示例2:假设序列为{0,1,0,-1,1},移位长度为3,向序列的左侧移动,则循环移动后生成的序列为{0,-1,1,0,1}。换言之,原序列从左至右的第三位至第五位元素0,-1,1,此时变为新生成序列的第一位至第三位元素。原序列第一位至第二位元素0和1,此时变为新生成序列的第四位至第五位元素。Example 2 of circular shift: Assume that the sequence is {0,1,0,-1,1}, the shift length is 3, and moving to the left of the sequence, the sequence generated after circular shift is {0,-1, 1,0,1}. In other words, the third to fifth elements of the original sequence from left to right, 0, -1, and 1, now become the first to third elements of the newly generated sequence. The first to second elements of the original sequence, 0 and 1, now become the fourth to fifth elements of the newly generated sequence.
示例性的,第三信息也可以如表4所示。For example, the third information may also be as shown in Table 4.
表4
Table 4
基于表4的示例,第二前导码可以是根据第一前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。Based on the example of Table 4, the second preamble may be determined according to the first preamble and one cyclic shift length of at least one cyclic shift length.
类似的,若采用循环位移长度表示前导码,上述图21中可以将前导码索引子字段替换成循环位移长度子字段,循环位移长度子字段包括一个或多个循环位移长度。Similarly, if the cyclic displacement length is used to represent the preamble, the preamble index subfield in Figure 21 can be replaced with a cyclic displacement length subfield, and the cyclic displacement length subfield includes one or more cyclic displacement lengths.
在一些实施例中,第三信息也可以采用表3和表4结合方式呈现,例如一些前导码采用循环位移长度表示前导码,另一些前导码采用前导码索引表示前导码,本申请不做具体限定。In some embodiments, the third information can also be presented using a combination of Table 3 and Table 4. For example, some preambles use a cyclic displacement length to represent the preamble, and other preambles use a preamble index to represent the preamble. This application does not provide details. limited.
再一种可能的方式中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备根据第四信息确定第一操作。其中,第四信息指示至少一种前导码变更对应的操作,前导码变更包括变更前的前导码和变更后的前导码,变更前的前导码为第一前代码,变更后的前导码为第二前代码,或者,变更前的前导码为第二前代码,变更后的前导码为第一前代码。In another possible manner, the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation according to the fourth information. The fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change. The preamble change includes a preamble before the change and a preamble after the change. The preamble before the change is the first preamble, and the preamble after the change is the third preamble. The second preamble code, or the preamble code before the change is the second preamble code, and the preamble code after the change is the first preamble code.
其中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第四信息的方式,可以参阅测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第一信息的方式,这里不再重复说明。For the manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the fourth information, please refer to the manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the first information, which will not be described again here.
第四信息的表示方式以及传输方式与第三信息的表示方式以及传输方式类似,这里不再展开说明。The expression method and transmission method of the fourth information are similar to the expression method and transmission method of the third information, and will not be explained here.
在一个可能的实施例中,可以预先定义至少一个检测点,该至少一个检测点用于发起前导码变更,其中,一个检测点可以是一个时间单元,也可以是一个时间段包括的一个或多个时间单元。基于此,测距发起设备可以在任一检测点发起前导码变更,例如,可以在其中一个检测点发送上述第二分段。相应的,测距响应设备可以仅对上述至少一个检测点检测前导码变更。通过上述方式,测距响应设备可以仅在部分时间单元检测前导码是否发生变更,相比于在所有时间单元上检测前导码变更,该方式可以降低测距响应设备的功耗。In a possible embodiment, at least one detection point can be predefined, and the at least one detection point is used to initiate the preamble change, wherein a detection point can be a time unit, or one or more times included in a time period. time unit. Based on this, the ranging initiating device can initiate the preamble change at any detection point. For example, the above-mentioned second segment can be sent at one of the detection points. Correspondingly, the ranging response device may detect the preamble change only for the above-mentioned at least one detection point. Through the above method, the ranging response device can only detect whether the preamble code changes in part of the time unit. Compared with detecting the preamble code change in all time units, this method can reduce the power consumption of the ranging response device.
可选的,在上述实施例中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备根据第五信息确定上述至少一个检测点。第五信息用于配置上述至少一个检测点。 Optionally, in the above embodiment, the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the at least one detection point based on the fifth information. The fifth information is used to configure the above-mentioned at least one detection point.
其中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第五信息的方式,可以参阅测距发起设备和测距响应设备获取第一信息的方式,这里不再重复说明。For the manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the fifth information, please refer to the manner in which the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device obtain the first information, which will not be described again here.
举例说明,假设测距发起设备和测距响应设备预先约定双方各自交互16个分段用于测距。为了降低测距响应设备的接收复杂度等额外开销,测距发起设备和测距响应设备可以预先约定好仅在时间单元0,时间单元1,时间单元3,时间单元7,以及时间单元15时检测前导码是否发生变更。For example, it is assumed that the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device have agreed in advance that each of them will interact with 16 segments for ranging. In order to reduce the additional overhead such as the reception complexity of the ranging response device, the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device can pre-agree that only in time unit 0, time unit 1, time unit 3, time unit 7, and time unit 15 Detect whether the preamble has changed.
一个具体示例中,第五信息可以以列表的形式承载在信元当中,如图22所示。其中,检测点列表长度字段用于指示检测点列表的长度,具体可以指示第五信息配置的检测点的数量。检测点列表字段用于指示各个检测点。具体的,检测点列表字段可以包括检测点索引子字段以及时间单元索引子字段。其中,检测点索引子字段包括一个或多个检测点的索引,时间单元索引子字段包括检测点对应的时间单元。In a specific example, the fifth information may be carried in the cell in the form of a list, as shown in Figure 22. The detection point list length field is used to indicate the length of the detection point list. Specifically, it may indicate the number of detection points configured in the fifth information. The detection point list field is used to indicate individual detection points. Specifically, the detection point list field may include a detection point index subfield and a time unit index subfield. The detection point index subfield includes the index of one or more detection points, and the time unit index subfield includes the time unit corresponding to the detection point.
此外,本申请实施例中涉及到的测距发起设备和测距响应设备,可以是一对一进行交互,也即一个测距发起设备和一个测距响应设备进行交互。或者,也可以一对多进行交互,即一个测距发起设备和多个测距响应设备进行交互;或者,也可以是多对一进行交互,即多个测距发起设备和一个测距响应设备进行交互;或者,也可以是多对多进行交互,即多个测距发起设备和多个测距响应设备进行交互。本申请仅对一个测距发起设备和一个测距响应设备之间的交互进行描述,其他场景中也可以参阅本申请所述方法,这里不再一一展开说明。In addition, the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device involved in the embodiments of this application may interact one-to-one, that is, a ranging initiating device and a ranging response device interact. Alternatively, it can also be one-to-many interaction, that is, one ranging initiating device interacts with multiple ranging response devices; or it can also be many-to-one interaction, that is, multiple ranging initiating devices and one ranging response device Interaction; or, it can also be many-to-many interaction, that is, multiple ranging initiating devices and multiple ranging response devices interact. This application only describes the interaction between a ranging initiating device and a ranging responding device. In other scenarios, you can also refer to the method described in this application, and will not be explained one by one here.
除了前文所述将第一信息/第二信息/第三信息/第四信息/第五信息通过NB信道发送,承载前述第一信息/第二信息/第三信息/第四信息/第五信息的信元分别可以为以下一种或多种帧:数据帧(data frame)、信标帧(beacon frame)、增强信标帧(enhanced beacon frame)、确认帧(ack frame)、MAC命令帧(MAC command frame)、多用途帧(Multipurpose frame)、拓展帧(extended frame)等承载形式,本申请不对信元的承载形式做任何限定。In addition to sending the first information/second information/third information/fourth information/fifth information through the NB channel as mentioned above, the aforementioned first information/second information/third information/fourth information/fifth information is carried The information elements can be one or more of the following frames: data frame, beacon frame, enhanced beacon frame, acknowledgment frame (ack frame), MAC command frame ( MAC command frame), multipurpose frame (Multipurpose frame), extended frame (extended frame) and other bearer forms. This application does not place any restrictions on the bearer form of the cell.
承载前述第一信息/第二信息/第三信息/第四信息/第五信息的信元,可以在测距控制阶段中使用,或者,也可以在设备发现、连接建立等早于测距控制阶段的时间阶段中使用,或者,也可以是信标帧间隔时段中的测距管理阶段中使用等,本申请不对使用信元的阶段做任何限定。The cells carrying the aforementioned first information/second information/third information/fourth information/fifth information can be used in the ranging control phase, or can also be used in device discovery, connection establishment, etc. earlier than ranging control. It can be used in the time phase of the phase, or it can also be used in the ranging management phase in the beacon frame interval period, etc. This application does not make any limitation on the phase in which the cell is used.
在前文所述的方案中,若第一操作为增加UWB信号的分段数量,测距响应设备在增加第二UWB信号的分段数量时可能需要考虑增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元。下面介绍增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元的五种示例。In the solution described above, if the first operation is to increase the number of segments of the UWB signal, the ranging response device may need to consider the time unit occupied by the transmission of the increased segments when increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal. . Five examples of increased time units occupied by segmented transmissions are described below.
示例一,可以采用本次测距轮的测量上报阶段中的时间单元来传输增加的分段,也就是增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元可以为测量上报阶段中的时间单元,如图23所示。Example 1: The time unit in the measurement reporting phase of this distance measuring wheel can be used to transmit the added segments. That is, the time unit occupied by the transmission of the added segments can be the time unit in the measurement reporting phase, as shown in the figure. 23 shown.
示例二,如果本次测距轮的测量阶段在发送完第二UWB信号的原有分段之后还有剩余的时间单元,也可以采用该剩余的时间单元来传输增加的分段,也就是增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元可以为测量阶段中剩余的时间单元,如图24所示。Example 2: If there are remaining time units after sending the original segments of the second UWB signal during the measurement phase of this distance measuring wheel, the remaining time units can also be used to transmit the additional segments, that is, to increase the The time unit occupied by the segmented transmission may be the remaining time unit in the measurement phase, as shown in Figure 24.
示例三,也可以采用本次测距轮的下一个测距轮中的时间单元来传输增加的分段,也就是增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元可以为下一个测距轮中的时间单元。假设本次测距轮为测距轮0,则增加的分段的所在的时间单元可以为测距轮1中的时间单元,如图25所示。Example 3: The time unit in the next distance measurement wheel of this distance measurement wheel can also be used to transmit the increased segments. That is, the time unit occupied by the transmission of the additional segments can be the time unit in the next distance measurement wheel. time unit. Assuming that this distance measuring wheel is distance measuring wheel 0, the time unit where the added segment is located can be the time unit in distance measuring wheel 1, as shown in Figure 25.
示例四,也可以采用本周期内本次测出轮之后的一个测距轮中的时间单元来传输增加的分段,该测距轮可以与本次测距轮不相邻。也就是增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元可以为晚于本次测距轮的一个测距轮中的时间单元。假设本周期为周期0,本次测距轮为周期0中的测距轮0,则增加的分段的所在的时间单元可以为周期0中测距轮3的时间单元,如图26所示。其中,周期也可以称为块(block)。Example 4: The time unit in a distance measuring wheel after the current measurement wheel in this cycle can also be used to transmit the added segments. The distance measurement wheel may not be adjacent to the current distance measurement wheel. That is to say, the time unit occupied by the increased segment transmission can be the time unit in a distance measuring wheel later than this distance measuring wheel. Assume that this cycle is cycle 0, and this distance measuring wheel is distance measuring wheel 0 in cycle 0, then the time unit of the added segment can be the time unit of distance measuring wheel 3 in cycle 0, as shown in Figure 26 . Among them, the cycle can also be called a block.
示例五,也可以采用本周期之后的周期内任一测距轮中的时间单元来传输增加的分段。也就是增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元可以为本周期之后的周期内任一测距轮中的时间单元。本申请不限定两个周期之间间隔的周期的数量。Example 5: The time unit in any distance measuring wheel in the period after this period can also be used to transmit the added segments. That is to say, the time unit occupied by the increased segment transmission can be the time unit in any ranging wheel in the cycle after this cycle. This application does not limit the number of cycles between two cycles.
其中,该测距轮与本次测距轮的序号可以一致,也就是增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元可以为本周期之后的周期内与本次测出轮序号相同的测距轮中的时间单元。假设本周期为周期0,本次测距轮为周期0中的测距轮0,则增加的分段的所在的时间单元可以为周期2中测距轮0的时间单元,如图27所示。本申请不限定两个周期之间间隔的周期的数量。Among them, the distance measuring wheel can have the same serial number as the current distance measuring wheel, that is, the time unit occupied by the increased segment transmission can be the distance measuring wheel with the same serial number as the current measuring wheel in the period after this cycle. time unit in . Assume that this cycle is cycle 0, and this distance measuring wheel is distance measuring wheel 0 in cycle 0, then the time unit of the added segment can be the time unit of distance measuring wheel 0 in cycle 2, as shown in Figure 27 . This application does not limit the number of cycles between two cycles.
或者,该测距轮与本次测距轮的序号也可以不一致,也就是增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元可以为本周期之后的周期内与本次测出轮序号不同的测距轮中的时间单元。假设本周期为周期0,本次测距轮为周期0中的测距轮0,则增加的分段的所在的时间单元可以为周期2中测距轮1的时间单元,如 图28所示。本申请不限定两个测距轮的序号的大小关系。Alternatively, the sequence numbers of the distance measuring wheel and the current distance measuring wheel may also be inconsistent. That is, the time unit occupied by the increased segment transmission may be the ranging sequence number in the period after this cycle that is different from the current measurement wheel. The time unit in the round. Assume that this cycle is cycle 0, and this distance measuring wheel is distance measuring wheel 0 in cycle 0, then the time unit of the added segment can be the time unit of distance measuring wheel 1 in cycle 2, such as As shown in Figure 28. This application does not limit the relationship between the serial numbers of the two distance measuring wheels.
应理解,上述五个示例仅是为示例性描述,本申请并不限定增加的分段的所在的时间单元的长度以及位置。并且,在具体实施中,上述五个示例相互之间可以结合应用。It should be understood that the above five examples are only illustrative descriptions, and this application does not limit the length and position of the time unit where the added segments are located. Moreover, in specific implementation, the above five examples can be combined with each other.
若第二操作也是增加UWB信号的分段数量,测距发起设备也可以做类似的处理,这里不再展开说明。If the second operation is also to increase the number of segments of the UWB signal, the ranging initiating device can also perform similar processing, which will not be described here.
以上介绍一种通过前导码变更指示信息的方式,下面提供另一种通信方法,该方法可以通过前导码指示信息。参见图29,为本申请提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法包括:The above introduces a way of indicating information through preamble change. The following provides another communication method, which can indicate information through preamble code. Refer to Figure 29, which is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by this application. The method includes:
S2901,测距发起设备向测距响应设备发送第一UWB信号的第一分段。相应的,测距响应设备接收来自测距发起设备的第一UWB信号的第一分段。S2901. The ranging initiating device sends the first segment of the first UWB signal to the ranging response device. Correspondingly, the ranging response device receives the first segment of the first UWB signal from the ranging initiating device.
其中,第一分段携带前导码A,前导码A用于触发操作1。可选的,前导码A可以与前导码D不同,前导码D可以是测量控制阶段配置的前导码。Among them, the first segment carries preamble A, and preamble A is used to trigger operation 1. Optionally, preamble A can be different from preamble D, and preamble D can be the preamble configured in the measurement control stage.
应理解的,图29所述方法中前导码A~C与发明内容的第三方面、第四方面中的第一前导码~第三前导码一一对应。图29所述方法中操作1、操作2与发明内容的第三方面、第四方面中的第一操作、第二操作一一对应。It should be understood that the preambles A to C in the method described in Figure 29 correspond one to one to the first to third preambles in the third and fourth aspects of the invention. Operations 1 and 2 in the method described in Figure 29 correspond one-to-one to the first and second operations in the third and fourth aspects of the invention.
其中,操作1的相关描述可以参阅图8所述方法中操作1的相关描述,这里不再重复说明。For the relevant description of operation 1, please refer to the relevant description of operation 1 in the method described in Figure 8, and the description will not be repeated here.
一种示例性说明中,第一UWB信号可以是测距发起设备向测距响应设备发送的UWB信号,下文中的第二UWB信号可以是测距响应设备向测距发起设备发送的UWB信号。In an exemplary description, the first UWB signal may be a UWB signal sent by the ranging initiating device to the ranging response device, and the second UWB signal below may be a UWB signal sent by the ranging response device to the ranging initiating device.
需要说明的是,测距发起设备在发送第一分段之后,还可以发送第一UWB信号的至少一个分段,该至少一个分段携带的前导码可以是前导码A,也可以是前导码D,这里不做具体限定。It should be noted that, after sending the first segment, the ranging initiating device may also send at least one segment of the first UWB signal. The preamble carried by the at least one segment may be preamble A or preamble A. D, there is no specific limit here.
S2902,测距响应设备根据前导码A执行操作1。S2902: The ranging response device performs operation 1 according to the preamble A.
本申请实施例中通过前导码指示信息,相比于通过NB信道发送该信息,无需进行LBT,从而可以提升对端设备(也就是测距响应设备)接收到该信息的概率,进而可以提升UWB系统的可靠性和鲁棒性。例如,通过NB信道指示对端设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,若LBT未竞争到该NB信道,导致对端设备无法及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而导致对端设备继续发送UWB信号的分段,一方面导致UWB资源被占用,比较浪费,另一方面导致设备的功耗较大。而本申请实施例中通过前导码触发对端设备停止发送UWB信号的分段,使得对端设备可以及时接收到停止发送的指示,从而可以及时停止发送UWB信号的分段。通过该方式,一方面可以及时释放UWB资源,提升UWB资源的利用率,另一方面可以降低设备的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, the information is indicated through the preamble. Compared with sending the information through the NB channel, there is no need to perform LBT, which can increase the probability of the peer device (that is, the ranging response device) receiving the information, thereby improving UWB System reliability and robustness. For example, if the peer device is instructed to stop sending UWB signal segments through the NB channel, if the LBT does not compete for the NB channel, the peer device cannot receive the instruction to stop sending in time, causing the peer device to continue sending segments of the UWB signal. segment, on the one hand, it causes UWB resources to be occupied, which is wasteful, and on the other hand, it causes the device to consume a lot of power. In the embodiment of the present application, the preamble is used to trigger the opposite end device to stop sending the segments of the UWB signal, so that the opposite end device can receive the instruction to stop sending in time, and thus can stop sending the segments of the UWB signal in time. Through this method, on the one hand, UWB resources can be released in time to improve the utilization of UWB resources, and on the other hand, the power consumption of the device can be reduced.
并且,通过前导码指示信息,可以避免UWB信号携带数据,从而可以避免UWB信号功率降低,避免降低对端设备(也就是测距响应设备)发起端信号接收质量。Moreover, through the preamble indication information, the UWB signal can be prevented from carrying data, thereby avoiding the reduction of UWB signal power and the degradation of the signal reception quality of the initiator of the opposite end device (that is, the ranging response device).
一种可能的实施方式中,测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备执行操作1时,在第一UWB信号的分段中携带前导码A。通过该方式,使得测距响应设备在检测到前导码A时触发测距响应设备执行操作1。In a possible implementation, the ranging initiating device may carry the preamble A in the segment of the first UWB signal when determining that the ranging response device performs operation 1. In this way, the ranging response device triggers the ranging response device to perform operation 1 when detecting the preamble A.
具体过程与图8所述方法中测距发起设备进行前导码变更的过程类似,区别在于前文是进行前导码变更,这里是携带特定的前导码(也就是前导码A),具体可以参阅图8所述方法中测距发起设备进行前导码变更的过程,重复之处不再赘述。The specific process is similar to the process of changing the preamble of the ranging initiating device in the method described in Figure 8. The difference is that the previous section is to change the preamble, and here it carries a specific preamble (that is, preamble A). For details, please refer to Figure 8 In the method, the process of changing the preamble code by the ranging initiating device will not be described again.
一种可能的实施场景中,上述图29所述的方法可以应用于非交错式MMS中。例如,假设测距发起设备和测距响应设备预先约定双方各自发送4个分段用于测距。In a possible implementation scenario, the method described in Figure 29 above can be applied to non-interleaved MMS. For example, assume that the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device have agreed in advance that each party will send 4 segments for ranging.
在不通过前导码指示信息的情况下,测距响应设备向测距发起设备依次发送UWB信号2的4个分段(即分段0~分段3),测距发起设备在接收到UWB信号2的4个分段之后,向测距响应设备发送UWB信号1的4个分段,如图30所示。Without indicating information through the preamble, the ranging response device sequentially sends four segments of UWB signal 2 (ie, segment 0 to segment 3) to the ranging initiating device. After receiving the UWB signal, the ranging initiating device After the 4 segments of 2, the 4 segments of UWB signal 1 are sent to the ranging response device, as shown in Figure 30.
以操作1为停止发送UWB信号的分段为例,若测距发起设备在接收到测距响应设备发送UWB信号2的分段1的时候,确定已接收到的分段累计的信号强度(例如SNR值),测距发起设备可以向测距响应设备发送UWB信号1的分段0,并在该分段0中携带前导码A。测距响应设备在接收到UWB信号1的分段0后停止发送UWB信号2的分段2和分段3。Taking operation 1 as a segment that stops sending UWB signals as an example, if the ranging initiating device receives segment 1 of UWB signal 2 sent by the ranging response device, it determines the accumulated signal strength of the received segments (for example, SNR value), the ranging initiating device can send segment 0 of UWB signal 1 to the ranging response device, and carry preamble A in segment 0. The ranging response device stops sending segment 2 and segment 3 of UWB signal 2 after receiving segment 0 of UWB signal 1.
可选的,测距发起设备在发送UWB信号1的分段0之后,可以继续发送UWB信号1的分段1~分段3,其中,UWB信号1的分段1~分段3可以携带前导码A,也可以携带前导码D,这里不做具体限定,如图31所示。 Optionally, after sending segment 0 of UWB signal 1, the ranging initiating device can continue to send segment 1 to segment 3 of UWB signal 1, where segment 1 to segment 3 of UWB signal 1 can carry a preamble. Code A can also carry preamble D, which is not specifically limited here, as shown in Figure 31.
可选的,为了保证测距响应设备成功检测到前导码A,测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备执行操作1之后发送的一个或多个分段中携带前导码A。具体可以参阅图8所述方法中测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备执行操作1之后发送的一个或多个分段中携带第二前导码的相关描述,这里不再重复说明。Optionally, in order to ensure that the ranging response device successfully detects the preamble A, the ranging initiating device may carry the preamble A in one or more segments sent after determining that the ranging response device performs operation 1. For details, please refer to the relevant description of the method described in Figure 8 in which the ranging initiating device can carry the second preamble in one or more segments sent after determining that the ranging response device performs operation 1. The description will not be repeated here.
测距发起设备可以在确定测距响应设备检测到前导码A之后,或者,到达预配置的第一UWB信号的分段数量时,停止发送前导码A。The ranging initiating device may stop sending the preamble A after determining that the ranging response device detects the preamble A, or when a preconfigured number of segments of the first UWB signal is reached.
需要说明的,本申请中“发送前导码A”可以理解为发送携带前导码A的分段,“停止发送前导码A”可以理解为停止发送携带前导码A的分段。It should be noted that in this application, "send preamble A" can be understood as sending segments carrying preamble A, and "stop sending preamble A" can be understood as stopping sending segments carrying preamble A.
测距发起设备确定测距响应设备检测到前导码A的方式,与测距发起设备确定测距响应设备检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码的方式类似,相似之处参见图8中的相关描述,这里不再赘述。The way in which the ranging initiating device determines that the ranging response device detects preamble A is similar to the way in which the ranging initiating device determines that the ranging response device detects the second preamble carried in the second segment. The similarities are shown in Figure 8 The relevant descriptions will not be repeated here.
测距发起设备在指示测距响应设备执行操作1之后,若测距发起设备接收来自测距响应设备的第二UWB信号的第五分段,第五分段携带前导码C,测距发起设备根据前导码C执行操作2。After the ranging initiating device instructs the ranging response device to perform operation 1, if the ranging initiating device receives the fifth segment of the second UWB signal from the ranging response device, and the fifth segment carries the preamble C, the ranging initiating device Perform operation 2 based on preamble C.
具体过程可以参阅图8所述方法中测距发起设备在测距响应设备的指示下执行操作2的过程,这里不再重复说明。For the specific process, please refer to the process in which the ranging initiating device performs operation 2 under the instruction of the ranging response device in the method described in Figure 8, and the description will not be repeated here.
操作2可以参阅图8所述方法中第一操作的相关说明,这里不再重复说明。需要说明的是,操作2与操作1可以相同,也可以不同,这里不做具体限定。For operation 2, please refer to the relevant description of the first operation in the method described in Figure 8, and the description will not be repeated here. It should be noted that operation 2 and operation 1 may be the same or different, and are not specifically limited here.
本方法中测距发起设备和测距响应设备可以通过如下方式确定操作1:In this method, the ranging initiating device and the ranging responding device can determine operation 1 in the following ways:
距发起设备和测距响应设备根据信息1确定第一操作。其中,信息1指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括前导码A。其中,信息1对应发明内容中第三方面和第四方面中第一信息。The distance initiating device and the ranging response device determine the first operation based on information 1. Wherein, information 1 indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and at least one preamble includes preamble A. Among them, information 1 corresponds to the first information in the third aspect and the fourth aspect of the invention.
其中,信息1具体可以参阅图8所述方法中第三信息的相关描述,这里不再重复说明。For details of information 1, please refer to the relevant description of the third information in the method described in Figure 8, and the description will not be repeated here.
本方法中,也可以预先定义至少一个检测点,该至少一个检测点为用于发送前导码A(或者其他特定前导码,如前导码B、前导码C等)的时间单元。基于此,测距发起设备可以在任一检测点发送前导码A(或者其他特定前导码,如前导码B、前导码C等),例如,可以在其中一个检测点发送第一分段。相应的,测距响应设备可以仅对上述至少一个检测点检测特定前导码。通过上述方式,测距响应设备可以仅在部分时间单元检测特定前导码,相比于在所有时间单元上检测特定前导码,该方式可以降低测距响应设备的功耗。In this method, at least one detection point may also be predefined, and the at least one detection point is a time unit for sending preamble A (or other specific preambles, such as preamble B, preamble C, etc.). Based on this, the ranging initiating device can send preamble A (or other specific preambles, such as preamble B, preamble C, etc.) at any detection point. For example, the first segment can be sent at one of the detection points. Correspondingly, the ranging response device may detect the specific preamble only for the above-mentioned at least one detection point. Through the above method, the ranging response device can only detect the specific preamble in part of the time unit. Compared with detecting the specific preamble in all time units, this method can reduce the power consumption of the ranging response device.
可选的,在上述实施例中,测距发起设备和测距响应设备根据信息2确定上述至少一个检测点。信息2用于配置上述至少一个检测点。其中,信息2对应发明内容中第三方面和第四方面中第二信息。Optionally, in the above embodiment, the ranging initiating device and the ranging response device determine the above at least one detection point based on information 2. Information 2 is used to configure at least one of the above detection points. Among them, information 2 corresponds to the second information in the third aspect and the fourth aspect of the invention.
其中,信息2具体可以参阅图8所述方法中第五信息的相关描述,这里不再重复说明。For details of information 2, please refer to the relevant description of the fifth information in the method described in Figure 8, and the description will not be repeated here.
在前文所述的方案中,若操作1为增加UWB信号的分段数量,测距响应设备在增加第二UWB信号的分段数量时可能需要考虑增加的分段的传输所占用的时间单元。In the solution described above, if operation 1 is to increase the number of segments of the UWB signal, the ranging response device may need to consider the time unit occupied by the transmission of the increased segments when increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal.
以下是对图8所述方法以及图29所述方法的一些声明。The following are some statements about the method described in Figure 8 and the method described in Figure 29.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中涉及到前导码,包括但不限于以下类型:Ipatov序列、格雷(Golay)序列、M序列、互补零和互相关序列(complementary zero-sum cross-correlation,CZC)、超互补零和互相关序列(supercomplementary zero-sum cross-correlation,SZC)、ZC(Zadoff–Chu)序列等。只要能够有效区分出差异的相关峰值的序列,都属于本申请所保护的范畴,本申请不对具体的前导码序列做任何限定。It should be noted that the embodiments of this application involve preambles, including but not limited to the following types: Ipatov sequence, Golay sequence, M sequence, complementary zero-sum cross-correlation (CZC) sequence ), supercomplementary zero-sum cross-correlation (SZC), ZC (Zadoff–Chu) sequence, etc. As long as the sequence of different correlation peaks can be effectively distinguished, it falls within the scope of protection of this application, and this application does not place any restrictions on the specific preamble sequence.
上述表格仅是信息的一种呈现形式,任何实质上为体现上述表格内容和作用的呈现形式,均在本申请方案的保护范围内。The above table is only a presentation form of information, and any presentation form that essentially reflects the content and function of the above table is within the scope of protection of this application.
基于与方法实施例的同一发明构思,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置的结构可以如图32所示,包括收发模块3001和处理模块3002。可选的,收发模块3001可以包括发送模块(transport module,Tx module)和接收模块(receive module,Rx module),其中,发送模块用于发送信号,接收模块用于接收信号。该通信装置还可以包括射频单元(radio frequency unit,RF unit),射频单元可以用于将信号发射给接收端设备,发送模块可以将待发送的信号传输给射频单元进行发送,接收模块可以接收来自射频单元的信号,并至处理模块3002进行进一步的处理。Based on the same inventive concept as the method embodiment, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The structure of the communication device can be shown in Figure 32, including a transceiver module 3001 and a processing module 3002. Optionally, the transceiver module 3001 may include a transmit module (transport module, Tx module) and a receive module (receive module, Rx module), where the transmit module is used to send signals and the receive module is used to receive signals. The communication device can also include a radio frequency unit (RF unit). The radio frequency unit can be used to transmit signals to a receiving end device. The sending module can transmit the signal to be sent to the radio frequency unit for transmission. The receiving module can receive signals from The signal of the radio frequency unit is sent to the processing module 3002 for further processing.
在一种实施方式中,通信装置具体可以用于实现图8的实施例中第一设备执行的方法,该装置可以是第一设备本身,也可以是第一设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。其中,收发模块3001,用于与第二设备进行通信。处理模块3002,用于通过收发模块3001向第二设备发送第 一UWB信号的第一分段,其中,第一分段携带第一前导码;以及,通过收发模块3001向第二设备发送第一UWB信号的第二分段,其中,第二分段携带第二前导码,第一前导码和第二前导码用于触发第一操作,第一前导码和第二前导码不同。In one implementation, the communication device may be used to implement the method performed by the first device in the embodiment of FIG. 8 . The device may be the first device itself, or may be a chip or chipset or chip in the first device. part of the function used to perform related methods. Among them, the transceiver module 3001 is used to communicate with the second device. The processing module 3002 is configured to send the second device to the second device through the transceiver module 3001. A first segment of a UWB signal, wherein the first segment carries a first preamble; and sending a second segment of the first UWB signal to the second device through the transceiver module 3001, wherein the second segment carries a first Two preambles, the first preamble and the second preamble are used to trigger the first operation, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different.
示例性的,第一操作包括以下一种或多种:Exemplarily, the first operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the second UWB signal;
或者,增加第二UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal;
或者,向第一设备发送第一指示,第一指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, send a first instruction to the first device, the first instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第一设备的第二指示进行应答,第二指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a second instruction from the first device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
所述处理模块3002,还用于确定第二设备检测到第二前导码。The processing module 3002 is also used to determine that the second device detects the second preamble.
所述收发模块3001,还用于在处理模块3002确定第二设备检测到第二前导码之前,发送至少一个分段,至少一个分段携带第二前导码。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to send at least one segment, and at least one segment carries the second preamble, before the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the second preamble.
处理模块3002,还用于在确定第二设备检测到第二前导码之后,停止发送第二前导码。The processing module 3002 is also configured to stop sending the second preamble after determining that the second device detects the second preamble.
可选的,处理模块3002通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码:通过收发模块3001接收第二UWB信号中的第三分段,第三分段携带第三前导码,第三前导码用于指示检测到第二前导码。Optionally, the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: receiving the third segment in the second UWB signal through the transceiver module 3001, and the third segment carries the third Preamble, the third preamble is used to indicate that the second preamble is detected.
可选的,处理模块3002通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码:未接收到第二UWB信号中的第四分段,第四分段与第二分段位于同一个时间单元。Optionally, the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the fourth segment in the second UWB signal is not received, and the fourth segment is not the same as the second segment. in the same time unit.
可选的,处理模块3002通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第二分段携带的第二前导码:未接收到第二UWB信号的第五分段,第五分段所在的时间单元晚于第二分段所在的时间单元。Optionally, the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in the following manner: the fifth segment of the second UWB signal is not received, and the time unit where the fifth segment is located is later than The time unit where the second segment is located.
所述处理模块3002,还用于在确定第二设备检测到第二前导码之后,执行第一操作。The processing module 3002 is also configured to perform the first operation after determining that the second device detects the second preamble.
可选的,收发模块3001,还用于接收来自第二设备的第二UWB信号的第六分段,第六分段携带第一前导码;以及,接收来自第二设备的第二UWB信号的第七分段,第七分段携带第四前导码,第四前导码与第一前导码不同。处理模块3002,还用于根据第一前导码和第四前导码执行第二操作。Optionally, the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to receive the sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, where the sixth segment carries the first preamble; and, receive the sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device. The seventh segment carries a fourth preamble, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble. The processing module 3002 is also configured to perform a second operation according to the first preamble and the fourth preamble.
示例性的,第二操作包括以下一种或多种:Exemplarily, the second operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第一UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the first UWB signal;
或者,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
或者,向第二设备发送第三指示,第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, sending a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第二设备的第四指示进行应答,第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
处理模块3002,还用于通过第二分段所在的时间单元指示第一操作。The processing module 3002 is also configured to indicate the first operation through the time unit in which the second segment is located.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第一信息确定第二分段所在的时间单元对应的第一操作;其中,第一信息指示至少一个时间单元对应的操作,至少一个时间单元包括第二分段所在的时间单元;第一信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第二设备,或者,第一信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation corresponding to the time unit where the second segment is located based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and the at least one time unit includes the time unit where the second segment is located. time unit; the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from the second device, or the first information comes from the third device.
若第一信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于向第二设备发送第一信息。If the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also used to send the first information to the second device.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第二信息确定第一操作;其中,第二信息指示:若UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更,则指示第二设备执行第一操作;第二信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第二设备,或者,第二信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the second information; wherein the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal is changed, instruct the second device to perform the first operation; the second information is the first operation. One device determines, or the second information comes from a second device, or the second information comes from a third device.
若第二信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于向第二设备发送第二信息。If the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also used to send the second information to the second device.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第三信息确定第一操作;其中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第二前导码;第三信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第三信息来自第二设备,或者,第三信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the third information; wherein the third information indicates the operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the second preamble; the third information is determined by the first device, Alternatively, the third information comes from the second device, or the third information comes from the third device.
若第三信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第三信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于向第二设备发送第三信息。If the third information is determined by the first device, or the third information comes from the third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also used to send the third information to the second device.
一种可能的设计中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:第三信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,第二前导码为根据第一前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环 移位长度确定的。上述方式可以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is based on the first preamble and at least one cycle in a cycle shift length The shift length is determined. The above method can reduce signaling overhead.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第四信息确定第一操作;其中,第四信息指示至少一种前导码变更对应的操作,前导码变更包括变更前的前导码和变更后的前导码,变更前的前导码为第一前代码,变更后的前导码为第二前代码,或者,变更前的前导码为第二前代码,变更后的前导码为第一前代码;第四信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第四信息来自第二设备,或者,第四信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the fourth information; wherein the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change, and the preamble change includes the preamble before the change and the preamble after the change. The preamble is the first precode, and the changed preamble is the second precode, or the preamble before the change is the second precode, and the changed preamble is the first precode; the fourth information is the first The device determines, or the fourth information comes from the second device, or the fourth information comes from the third device.
一种可能的设计中,变更前的前导码为根据第一前导码和第一循环移位长度确定的,变更后的前导码为根据第一前导码和第二循环移位长度确定的。In a possible design, the preamble before the change is determined based on the first preamble and the first cyclic shift length, and the preamble after the change is determined based on the first preamble and the second cyclic shift length.
一种可能的设计中,第二分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,至少一个检测点用于进行前导码变更。In a possible design, the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第五信息确定至少一个检测点,第五信息用于配置至少一个检测点;第五信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第五信息来自第二设备,或者,第五信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine at least one detection point based on fifth information, and the fifth information is used to configure at least one detection point; the fifth information is determined by the first device, or the fifth information comes from the second device, or, The fifth information comes from the third device.
若第五信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第五信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于向第二设备发送第五信息。If the fifth information is determined by the first device, or the fifth information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to send the fifth information to the second device.
在一种实施方式中,通信装置具体可以用于实现图8的实施例中第二设备执行的方法,该装置可以是第二设备本身,也可以是第二设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。其中,收发模块3001,用于接收来自第一设备的第一UWB信号的第一分段,其中,所述第一分段携带第一前导码;以及,接收来自所述第一设备的所述第一UWB信号的第二分段,其中,所述第二分段携带第二前导码,所述第一前导码和所述第二前导码不同。处理模块3002,用于根据所述第一前导码和所述第二前导码执行第一操作。In one implementation, the communication device can be specifically used to implement the method performed by the second device in the embodiment of Figure 8. The device can be the second device itself, or it can be a chip or chipset or chip in the second device. part of the function used to perform related methods. Wherein, the transceiver module 3001 is configured to receive the first segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, wherein the first segment carries the first preamble; and, receive the first segment from the first device. A second segment of a first UWB signal, wherein the second segment carries a second preamble, and the first preamble and the second preamble are different. Processing module 3002, configured to perform a first operation according to the first preamble and the second preamble.
示例性的,第一操作包括以下一种或多种:Exemplarily, the first operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the second UWB signal;
或者,增加第二UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal;
或者,向第一设备发送第一指示,第一指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, send a first instruction to the first device, the first instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第一设备的第二指示进行应答,第二指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a second instruction from the first device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
收发模块3001,还用于向第一设备发送第二UWB信号中的第三分段,第三分段携带第三前导码,第三前导码用于指示检测到第二前导码。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to send a third segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, where the third segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to indicate that the second preamble is detected.
所述收发模块3001,还用于:从第二UWB信号中的第四分段开始,停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,第四分段与第二分段位于同一个时间单元。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: starting from the fourth segment of the second UWB signal, stop sending the segments of the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment and the second segment are located in the same time unit.
所述收发模块3001,还用于:从第二UWB信号中的第五分段开始,停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,第五分段所在的时间单元晚于第二分段所在的时间单元。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: starting from the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, stop sending the segments of the second UWB signal, and the time unit of the fifth segment is later than the time of the second segment. unit.
所述收发模块3001,还用于:向第一设备发送第二UWB信号的第六分段,第六分段携带第一前导码;以及,向第一设备发送第二UWB信号的第七分段,第七分段携带第四前导码,第四前导码和第一前导码用于触发第一操作,第四前导码与第一前导码不同。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: send the sixth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, where the sixth segment carries the first preamble; and send the seventh segment of the second UWB signal to the first device. segment, the seventh segment carries the fourth preamble, the fourth preamble and the first preamble are used to trigger the first operation, and the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble.
示例性的,第二操作包括以下一种或多种:Exemplarily, the second operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第一UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the first UWB signal;
或者,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
或者,向第二设备发送第三指示,第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, sending a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第二设备的第四指示进行应答,第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第二分段所在的时间单元确定第一操作。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the time unit in which the second segment is located.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第一信息确定第二分段所在的时间单元对应的第一操作;其中,第一信息指示至少一个时间单元对应的操作,至少一个时间单元包括第二分段所在的时间单元;第一信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第一设备,或者,第一信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation corresponding to the time unit where the second segment is located based on the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one time unit, and the at least one time unit includes the time unit where the second segment is located. time unit; the first information is determined by the second device, or the first information comes from the first device, or the first information comes from the third device.
若第一信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于:向第一设备发送第一信息。If the first information is determined by the second device, or the first information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also used to: send the first information to the first device.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第二信息确定第一操作;其中,第二信息指示:若UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更,则指示第二设备执行第一操作;第二信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自 第一设备,或者,第二信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the second information; wherein the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal is changed, instruct the second device to perform the first operation; the second information is the first operation. The second device determines, alternatively, the second information comes from The first device, or the second information comes from the third device.
若第二信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于:第二设备向第一设备发送第二信息。If the second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: the second device sends the second information to the first device.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第三信息确定第一操作;其中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第二前导码;第三信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第三信息来自第一设备,或者,第三信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the third information; wherein the third information indicates the operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the second preamble; the third information is determined by the second device, Either the third information comes from the first device, or the third information comes from the third device.
若第三信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第三信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于:第二设备向第一设备发送第三信息。If the third information is determined by the second device, or the third information comes from the third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: the second device sends the third information to the first device.
一种可能的设计中,第三信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:第三信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,第二前导码为根据第一前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。In a possible design, the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is based on the first preamble and at least A cyclic shift length is determined by a cyclic shift length.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第四信息确定第一操作;其中,第四信息指示至少一种前导码变更对应的操作,前导码变更包括变更前的前导码和变更后的前导码,变更前的前导码为第一前代码,变更后的前导码为第二前代码,或者,变更前的前导码为第二前代码,变更后的前导码为第一前代码;第四信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第四信息来自第一设备,或者,第四信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine the first operation according to the fourth information; wherein the fourth information indicates at least one operation corresponding to the preamble change, and the preamble change includes the preamble before the change and the preamble after the change. The preamble is the first precode, and the changed preamble is the second precode, or the preamble before the change is the second precode, and the changed preamble is the first precode; the fourth information is the second The device determines, or the fourth information comes from the first device, or the fourth information comes from the third device.
一种可能的设计中,变更前的前导码为根据第一前导码和第一循环移位长度确定的,变更后的前导码为根据第一前导码和第二循环移位长度确定的。In a possible design, the preamble before the change is determined based on the first preamble and the first cyclic shift length, and the preamble after the change is determined based on the first preamble and the second cyclic shift length.
一种可能的设计中,第二分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,至少一个检测点用于检测前导码是否变更。In a possible design, the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
处理模块3002,还用于根据第五信息确定至少一个检测点,第五信息用于配置至少一个检测点;第五信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第五信息来自第一设备,或者,第五信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to determine at least one detection point based on fifth information, and the fifth information is used to configure at least one detection point; the fifth information is determined by the second device, or the fifth information comes from the first device, or, The fifth information comes from the third device.
若第五信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第五信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于:第二设备向第一设备发送第五信息。If the fifth information is determined by the second device, or the fifth information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: the second device sends the fifth information to the first device.
在一种实施方式中,通信装置具体可以用于实现图29的实施例中第一设备执行的方法,该装置可以是第一设备本身,也可以是第一设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。其中,收发模块3001,用于与第二设备进行通信。处理模块3002,用于通过收发模块3001向第二设备发送第一UWB信号的第一分段,其中,第一分段携带第一前导码,所述第一前导码用于触发第一操作;所述第一操作包括如下一种或多种:停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;或者,增加所述第二UWB信号的分段数量;或者,向所述第一设备发送第一指示,所述第一指示用于启动测距轮;或者,对测量结果进行上报;或者,对来自所述第一设备的第二指示进行应答,所述第二指示用于启动测距轮。In one implementation, the communication device can be used to implement the method performed by the first device in the embodiment of Figure 29. The device can be the first device itself, or it can be a chip or chipset or chip in the first device. part of the function used to perform related methods. Among them, the transceiver module 3001 is used to communicate with the second device. The processing module 3002 is configured to send the first segment of the first UWB signal to the second device through the transceiver module 3001, where the first segment carries a first preamble, and the first preamble is used to trigger the first operation; The first operation includes one or more of the following: stopping sending segments of the second UWB signal; or increasing the number of segments of the second UWB signal; or sending a first indication to the first device, The first instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel; or, to report the measurement results; or to respond to the second instruction from the first device, where the second instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel.
处理模块3002,还用于确定第二设备检测到第一前导码。The processing module 3002 is also used to determine that the second device detects the first preamble.
收发模块3001,还用于:在处理模块3002确定第二设备检测到第一前导码之前,发送至少一个分段,至少一个分段携带第一前导码。The transceiving module 3001 is also configured to: before the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble, send at least one segment, and the at least one segment carries the first preamble.
收发模块3001,还用于:在处理模块3002确定第二设备检测到第一前导码之后,停止发送第一前导码。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: stop sending the first preamble after the processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble.
处理模块3002通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第一分段携带的第一前导码:通过收发模块3001接收第二UWB信号中的第二分段,第二分段携带第二前导码,第二前导码用于指示检测到第一前导码。The processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: receiving the second segment in the second UWB signal through the transceiver module 3001, and the second segment carries the second preamble, and the second segment carries the second preamble. The second preamble is used to indicate that the first preamble is detected.
处理模块3002通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第一分段携带的第一前导码:通过收发模块3001未接收到第二UWB信号中的第三分段,第三分段与第一分段位于同一个时间单元。The processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the transceiver module 3001 does not receive the third segment in the second UWB signal, and the third segment is the same as the first segment. in the same time unit.
处理模块3002通过如下方式确定第二设备检测到第一分段携带的第一前导码:通过收发模块3001未接收到第二UWB信号的第四分段,第四分段所在的时间单元晚于第一分段所在的时间单元。The processing module 3002 determines that the second device detects the first preamble carried by the first segment in the following manner: the fourth segment of the second UWB signal is not received by the transceiver module 3001, and the time unit where the fourth segment is located is later than The time unit of the first segment.
收发模块3001,还用于:接收来自第二设备的第二UWB信号的第五分段,第五分段携带第三前导码;第一设备根据第三前导码执行第二操作。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: receive the fifth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, where the fifth segment carries the third preamble; and the first device performs the second operation according to the third preamble.
示例性的,第二操作包括以下一种或多种:Exemplarily, the second operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第一UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the first UWB signal;
或者,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
或者,向第二设备发送第三指示,第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, sending a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报; Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第二设备的第四指示进行应答,第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
处理模块3002,还用于:根据第一信息确定第一操作;其中,第一信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第一前导码;第一信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第二设备,或者,第一信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to: determine a first operation according to the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the first preamble; the first information is determined by the first device , or the first information comes from the second device, or the first information comes from the third device.
若第一信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于:向第二设备发送第一信息。If the first information is determined by the first device, or the first information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also used to: send the first information to the second device.
一种可能的设计中,第一信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:第一信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,第一前导码为根据预设的前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。In a possible design, the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the first preamble is based on a preset preamble and At least one of the cyclic shift lengths is determined by one of the cyclic shift lengths.
一种可能的设计中,第一分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,至少一个检测点用于进行前导码变更。In a possible design, the time unit in which the first segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
处理模块3002,还用于:根据第二信息确定至少一个检测点,第二信息用于配置至少一个检测点;第二信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第二设备,或者,第二信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to: determine at least one detection point according to the second information, and the second information is used to configure the at least one detection point; the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from the second device, or , the second information comes from the third device.
若第二信息为第一设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于:向第二设备发送第二信息。If the second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also used to: send the second information to the second device.
在一种实施方式中,通信装置具体可以用于实现图29的实施例中第二设备执行的方法,该装置可以是第二设备本身,也可以是第二设备中的芯片或芯片组或芯片中用于执行相关方法功能的一部分。其中,收发模块3001,用于接收来自第一设备的第一UWB信号的第一分段,其中,所述第一分段携带第一前导码。处理模块3002,用于根据所述第一前导码执行第一操作。所述第一操作为停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;或者,所述第一操作为增加所述第二UWB信号的分段数量;或者,所述第一操作为向所述第一设备发送第一指示,所述第一指示用于启动测距轮;或者,所述第一操作为对测量结果进行上报;或者,所述第一操作为对来自所述第一设备的第二指示进行应答,所述第二指示用于启动测距轮。In one implementation, the communication device can be used to implement the method performed by the second device in the embodiment of Figure 29. The device can be the second device itself, or it can be a chip or chipset or chip in the second device. part of the function used to perform related methods. The transceiver module 3001 is configured to receive a first segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, where the first segment carries a first preamble. Processing module 3002, configured to perform a first operation according to the first preamble. The first operation is to stop sending segments of the second UWB signal; or, the first operation is to increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal; or, the first operation is to send a signal to the first device. Send a first instruction, the first instruction is used to start the distance measuring wheel; or the first operation is to report the measurement results; or the first operation is to respond to the second instruction from the first device In response, the second indication is used to activate the distance measuring wheel.
收发模块3001,还用于:向第一设备发送第二UWB信号中的第二分段,第二分段携带第二前导码,第二前导码用于指示检测到第一前导码。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: send a second segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, where the second segment carries a second preamble, and the second preamble is used to indicate that the first preamble is detected.
收发模块3001,还用于:从第二UWB信号中的第三分段开始,停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,第三分段与第一分段位于同一个时间单元。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to stop sending the segments of the second UWB signal starting from the third segment of the second UWB signal, where the third segment and the first segment are located in the same time unit.
收发模块3001,还用于:从第二UWB信号中的第四分段开始,停止发送第二UWB信号的分段,第四分段所在的时间单元晚于第一分段所在的时间单元。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: starting from the fourth segment of the second UWB signal, stop sending the segments of the second UWB signal, where the time unit of the fourth segment is later than the time unit of the first segment.
收发模块3001,还用于:向第一设备发送第二UWB信号的第五分段,第五分段携带第三前导码,第三前导码用于触发第二操作。The transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: send the fifth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, where the fifth segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to trigger the second operation.
一种可能的设计中,第二操作包括以下一种或多种:In a possible design, the second operation includes one or more of the following:
停止发送第一UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the first UWB signal;
或者,增加第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
或者,向第二设备发送第三指示,第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, sending a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
或者,对来自第二设备的第四指示进行应答,第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
处理模块3002,还用于:根据第一信息确定第一操作;其中,第一信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,至少一个前导码包括第一前导码;第一信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第一设备,或者,第一信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to: determine a first operation according to the first information; wherein the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the first preamble; the first information is determined by the second device , or the first information comes from the first device, or the first information comes from the third device.
若第一信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第一信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于:向第一设备发送第一信息。If the first information is determined by the second device, or the first information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also used to: send the first information to the first device.
一种可能的设计中,第一信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:第一信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,第一前导码为根据预设前导码与至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。In a possible design, the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, including: the first information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the first preamble is based on a preset preamble and at least A cyclic shift length is determined by a cyclic shift length.
一种可能的设计中,第一分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,至少一个检测点用于检测前导码是否变更。In a possible design, the time unit in which the first segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
处理模块3002,还用于:根据第二信息确定至少一个检测点,第二信息用于配置至少一个检测点; 第二信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第一设备,或者,第二信息来自第三设备。The processing module 3002 is also configured to: determine at least one detection point according to the second information, and the second information is used to configure at least one detection point; The second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from the first device, or the second information comes from the third device.
若第二信息为第二设备确定的,或者,第二信息来自第三设备,收发模块3001,还用于:第二设备向第一设备发送第二信息。If the second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from a third device, the transceiver module 3001 is also configured to: the second device sends the second information to the first device.
具体的,可以参阅上述图8或图29所述方法的相关描述,这里不再重复赘述。For details, please refer to the relevant description of the method described in FIG. 8 or FIG. 29 , and the details will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中,也可以是单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。可以理解的是,本申请实施例中各个模块的功能或者实现可以进一步参考方法实施例的相关描述。The division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. In addition, each functional module in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit. In the device, it can exist physically alone, or two or more modules can be integrated into one module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It can be understood that, for the functions or implementation of each module in the embodiments of this application, further reference can be made to the relevant descriptions of the method embodiments.
一种可能的方式中,通信装置可以如图33所示,该装置可以是通信设备或者通信设备中的芯片,其中该通信设备可以为上述实施例中的第一设备也可以是上述实施例中的第二设备。该装置包括处理器3101和通信接口3102,还可以包括存储器3103。其中,处理模块3002可以为处理器3101。收发模块3001可以为通信接口3102。图31仅示出了通信装置的主要部件。除处理器3101和通信接口3102之外,所述通信装置还可以进一步包括存储器3103、以及输入输出装置(图未示意)。In a possible way, the communication device may be as shown in Figure 33. The device may be a communication device or a chip in the communication device, where the communication device may be the first device in the above embodiment or may be the first device in the above embodiment. of the second device. The device includes a processor 3101 and a communication interface 3102, and may also include a memory 3103. Among them, the processing module 3002 can be the processor 3101. The transceiver module 3001 may be a communication interface 3102. Figure 31 shows only the main components of the communication device. In addition to the processor 3101 and the communication interface 3102, the communication device may further include a memory 3103 and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).
处理器3101用于执行存储器3103存储的程序代码,具体用于执行上述处理模块3002的动作,本申请在此不再赘述。通信接口3102具体用于执行上述收发模块3001的动作,本申请在此不再赘述。The processor 3101 is used to execute the program code stored in the memory 3103, and is specifically used to execute the actions of the above-mentioned processing module 3002, which will not be described again in this application. The communication interface 3102 is specifically used to perform the actions of the above-mentioned transceiver module 3001, which will not be described again in this application.
处理器3101,可以是一个CPU,或者为数字处理单元等等。处理器3101可用于进行对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如但不限于,基带相关处理。通信接口3102可用于进行收发信号,例如但不限于,射频收发。上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上。例如,处理器3101可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器。其中,模拟基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多,例如,数字基带处理器可以与多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为系统芯片(system on chip)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的具体需要。本发明实施例对上述器件的具体实现形式不做限定。The processor 3101 may be a CPU, or a digital processing unit, or the like. The processor 3101 can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, such as but not limited to baseband-related processing. The communication interface 3102 may be used to transmit and receive signals, such as, but not limited to, radio frequency transmission and reception. The above-mentioned devices may be arranged on separate chips, or at least part or all of them may be arranged on the same chip. For example, the processor 3101 can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor. Among them, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on an independent chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is independently installed on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific needs of product design. The embodiments of the present invention do not limit the specific implementation forms of the above devices.
通信接口3102可以是收发器、也可以为接口电路如收发电路等、也可以为收发芯片等等。可选的,通信接口3102可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The communication interface 3102 may be a transceiver, an interface circuit such as a transceiver circuit, etc., or a transceiver chip, or the like. Optionally, the communication interface 3102 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
存储器3103,用于存储处理器3101执行的程序。存储器3103可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器3103是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其它介质,但不限于此。Memory 3103 is used to store programs executed by the processor 3101. The memory 3103 can be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), or a volatile memory (volatile memory), such as a random access memory (random access memory). -access memory, RAM). Memory 3103 is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
当通信装置开机后,处理器3101可以读取存储器3103中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器3101对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器3101,处理器3101将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 3101 can read the software program in the memory 3103, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 3101 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 3101. The processor 3101 converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the processor that performs baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely and independently of the communication device. .
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口3102、处理器3101以及存储器3103之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图31中以存储器3103、处理器3101以及通信接口3102之间通过总线3104连接,总线在图31中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图31中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the above-mentioned communication interface 3102, processor 3101 and memory 3103 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 3103, the processor 3101 and the communication interface 3102 are connected through a bus 3104 in Figure 31. The bus is represented by a thick line in Figure 31. The connection methods between other components are only schematically explained. , is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 31, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
可选的,上述通信装置可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信装置可以是:Optionally, the above communication device may be an independent device or may be a part of a larger device. For example, the communication device may be:
(1)独立的集成电路(integrated circuit,IC),或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统; (1) Independent integrated circuit (IC), or chip, or chip system or subsystem;
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选的,该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,指令的存储部件;(2) A collection of one or more ICs. Optionally, the IC collection may also include a storage component for storing data and instructions;
(3)专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),例如调制解调器(Modem);(3) Application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), such as modem;
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(4) Modules that can be embedded in other devices;
(5)接收机、智能终端、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(5) Receivers, smart terminals, wireless devices, handheld devices, mobile units, vehicle-mounted equipment, cloud equipment, artificial intelligence equipment, etc.;
(6)其他等等。(6) Others, etc.
本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储为执行上述处理器所需执行的计算机软件指令,其包含用于执行上述处理器所需执行的程序。Embodiments of the present invention also provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions required to execute the above processor, which includes programs required to execute the above processor.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括用于实现图8的实施例中第一设备功能的通信装置和用于实现图8的实施例中第二设备功能的通信装置。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including a communication device for realizing the function of the first device in the embodiment of FIG. 8 and a communication device for realizing the function of the second device in the embodiment of FIG. 8 .
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括用于实现图29的实施例中第一设备功能的通信装置和用于实现图29的实施例中第二设备功能的通信装置。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, including a communication device for realizing the function of the first device in the embodiment of FIG. 29 and a communication device for realizing the function of the second device in the embodiment of FIG. 29 .
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will understand that embodiments of the present application may be provided as methods, systems, or computer program products. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment that combines software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including, but not limited to, disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) having computer-usable program code embodied therein.
本申请是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present application is described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (systems), and computer program products according to the present application. It will be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, and combinations of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams, can be implemented by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine, such that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing device produce a use A device for realizing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes of the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks of the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions may also be stored in a computer-readable memory that causes a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction means, the instructions The device implements the functions specified in a process or processes of the flowchart and/or a block or blocks of the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device, causing a series of operating steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing, thereby executing on the computer or other programmable device. Instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in a process or processes of a flowchart diagram and/or a block or blocks of a block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一设备向第二设备发送第一超宽带UWB信号的第一分段,其中,所述第一分段携带第一前导码;The first device sends a first segment of the first ultra-wideband UWB signal to the second device, wherein the first segment carries a first preamble;
    所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送所述第一UWB信号的第二分段,其中,所述第二分段携带第二前导码,所述第一前导码和所述第二前导码用于触发第一操作,所述第一前导码和所述第二前导码不同。The first device sends a second segment of the first UWB signal to the second device, wherein the second segment carries a second preamble, the first preamble and the second preamble code is used to trigger the first operation, and the first preamble code and the second preamble code are different.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操作包括以下一种或多种:The method of claim 1, wherein the first operation includes one or more of the following:
    停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the second UWB signal;
    或者,增加所述第二UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal;
    或者,向所述第一设备发送第一指示,所述第一指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, send a first instruction to the first device, the first instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
    或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
    或者,对来自所述第一设备的第二指示进行应答,所述第二指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a second instruction from the first device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备确定所述第二设备检测到所述第二前导码。The first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一设备确定所述第二设备检测到所述第二前导码之前,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 3, wherein before the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble, the method further includes:
    所述第一设备发送至少一个分段,所述至少一个分段携带所述第二前导码。The first device sends at least one segment carrying the second preamble.
  5. 如权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一设备确定所述第二设备检测到所述第二前导码之后,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 3 or 4, wherein after the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble, the method further includes:
    所述第一设备停止发送所述第二前导码。The first device stops sending the second preamble.
  6. 如权利要求3-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备确定所述第二设备检测到所述第二前导码,包括:The method according to any one of claims 3-5, wherein the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble, including:
    所述第一设备通过如下方式之一确定所述第二设备检测到所述第二分段携带的所述第二前导码:The first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble carried by the second segment in one of the following ways:
    所述第一设备接收所述第二UWB信号中的第三分段,所述第三分段携带第三前导码,所述第三前导码用于指示检测到所述第二前导码;The first device receives a third segment in the second UWB signal, the third segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to indicate detection of the second preamble;
    或者,所述第一设备未接收到所述第二UWB信号中的第四分段,所述第四分段与所述第二分段位于同一个时间单元;Alternatively, the first device does not receive the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, and the fourth segment and the second segment are located in the same time unit;
    或者,所述第一设备未接收到所述第二UWB信号的第五分段,所述第五分段所在的时间单元晚于所述第二分段所在的时间单元。Alternatively, the first device does not receive the fifth segment of the second UWB signal, and the time unit in which the fifth segment is located is later than the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  7. 如权利要求3-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一设备确定所述第二设备检测到所述第二前导码之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3-6, characterized in that, after the first device determines that the second device detects the second preamble, the method further includes:
    所述第一设备执行所述第一操作。The first device performs the first operation.
  8. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备的所述第二UWB信号的第六分段,所述第六分段携带所述第一前导码;The first device receives a sixth segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, the sixth segment carrying the first preamble;
    所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备的所述第二UWB信号的第七分段,所述第七分段携带第四前导码,所述第四前导码与所述第一前导码不同;The first device receives a seventh segment of the second UWB signal from the second device, the seventh segment carries a fourth preamble, the fourth preamble is identical to the first preamble different;
    所述第一设备根据所述第一前导码和所述第四前导码执行第二操作。The first device performs a second operation according to the first preamble and the fourth preamble.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二操作包括以下一种或多种:The method of claim 8, wherein the second operation includes one or more of the following:
    停止发送所述第一UWB信号的分段;Stop transmitting the segment of the first UWB signal;
    或者,增加所述第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
    或者,向所述第二设备发送第三指示,所述第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, send a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
    或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
    或者,对来自所述第二设备的第四指示进行应答,所述第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
  10. 如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备通过所述第二分段所在的时间单元指示所述第一操作。The first device indicates the first operation through the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  11. 如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备根据第二信息确定所述第一操作; The first device determines the first operation based on the second information;
    其中,所述第二信息指示:若UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更,则指示所述第二设备执行所述第一操作;Wherein, the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal is changed, instruct the second device to perform the first operation;
    所述第二信息为所述第一设备确定的,或者,所述第二信息来自所述第二设备,或者,所述第二信息来自第三设备。The second information is determined by the first device, or the second information comes from the second device, or the second information comes from a third device.
  12. 如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备根据第三信息确定所述第一操作;The first device determines the first operation based on third information;
    其中,所述第三信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,所述至少一个前导码包括所述第二前导码;Wherein, the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the second preamble;
    所述第三信息为所述第一设备确定的,或者,所述第三信息来自所述第二设备,或者,所述第三信息来自第三设备。The third information is determined by the first device, or the third information comes from the second device, or the third information comes from a third device.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the third information indicates operations corresponding to at least one preamble, including:
    所述第三信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,所述第二前导码为根据所述第一前导码与所述至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。The third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is determined based on the first preamble and one of the at least one cyclic shift length. .
  14. 如权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,所述至少一个检测点用于进行前导码变更。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, characterized in that the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to change the preamble.
  15. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一超宽带UWB信号的第一分段,其中,所述第一分段携带第一前导码;The second device receives a first segment of the first ultra-wideband UWB signal from the first device, wherein the first segment carries a first preamble;
    所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的所述第一UWB信号的第二分段,其中,所述第二分段携带第二前导码,所述第一前导码和所述第二前导码不同;The second device receives a second segment of the first UWB signal from the first device, wherein the second segment carries a second preamble, the first preamble and the second The preamble is different;
    所述第二设备根据所述第一前导码和所述第二前导码执行第一操作。The second device performs a first operation according to the first preamble and the second preamble.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一操作包括以下一种或多种:The method of claim 15, wherein the first operation includes one or more of the following:
    停止发送第二UWB信号的分段;Stop sending the segment of the second UWB signal;
    或者,增加所述第二UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the second UWB signal;
    或者,向所述第一设备发送第一指示,所述第一指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, send a first instruction to the first device, the first instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
    或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
    或者,对来自所述第一设备的第二指示进行应答,所述第二指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a second instruction from the first device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
  17. 如权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第二UWB信号中的第三分段,所述第三分段携带第三前导码,所述第三前导码用于指示检测到所述第二前导码;The second device sends a third segment in the second UWB signal to the first device, the third segment carries a third preamble, and the third preamble is used to indicate that the detection of the second preamble;
    或者,从所述第二UWB信号中的第四分段开始,所述第二设备停止发送所述第二UWB信号的分段,所述第四分段与所述第二分段位于同一个时间单元;Alternatively, starting from the fourth segment in the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segment of the second UWB signal, the fourth segment and the second segment are located in the same time unit;
    或者,从所述第二UWB信号中的第五分段开始,所述第二设备停止发送所述第二UWB信号的分段,所述第五分段所在的时间单元晚于所述第二分段所在的时间单元。Alternatively, starting from the fifth segment in the second UWB signal, the second device stops sending the segment of the second UWB signal, and the time unit in which the fifth segment is located is later than the second segment. The time unit in which the segment is located.
  18. 如权利要求15-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-17, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第二UWB信号的第六分段,所述第六分段携带所述第一前导码;The second device sends a sixth segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, the sixth segment carrying the first preamble;
    所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第二UWB信号的第七分段,所述第七分段携带第四前导码,所述第四前导码和所述第一前导码用于触发第一操作,所述第四前导码与所述第一前导码不同。The second device sends a seventh segment of the second UWB signal to the first device, the seventh segment carries a fourth preamble, and the fourth preamble and the first preamble are used To trigger the first operation, the fourth preamble is different from the first preamble.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二操作包括以下一种或多种:The method of claim 18, wherein the second operation includes one or more of the following:
    停止发送所述第一UWB信号的分段;Stop transmitting the segment of the first UWB signal;
    或者,增加所述第一UWB信号的分段数量;Or, increase the number of segments of the first UWB signal;
    或者,向所述第二设备发送第三指示,所述第三指示用于启动测距轮;Alternatively, send a third instruction to the second device, the third instruction being used to activate the distance measuring wheel;
    或者,对测量结果进行上报;Or, report the measurement results;
    或者,对来自所述第二设备的第四指示进行应答,所述第四指示用于启动测距轮。Alternatively, respond to a fourth instruction from the second device for activating the distance measuring wheel.
  20. 如权利要求15-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-19, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第二设备根据所述第二分段所在的时间单元确定所述第一操作。The second device determines the first operation based on the time unit in which the second segment is located.
  21. 如权利要求15-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括: The method according to any one of claims 15-19, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第二设备根据第二信息确定所述第一操作;The second device determines the first operation based on the second information;
    其中,所述第二信息指示:若UWB信号的分段携带的前导码变更,则指示所述第二设备执行所述第一操作;Wherein, the second information indicates: if the preamble carried by the segment of the UWB signal is changed, instruct the second device to perform the first operation;
    所述第二信息为所述第二设备确定的,或者,所述第二信息来自所述第一设备,或者,所述第二信息来自第三设备。The second information is determined by the second device, or the second information comes from the first device, or the second information comes from a third device.
  22. 如权利要求15-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-19, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一设备根据第三信息确定所述第一操作;The first device determines the first operation based on third information;
    其中,所述第三信息指示至少一个前导码对应的操作,所述至少一个前导码包括所述第二前导码;Wherein, the third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one preamble, and the at least one preamble includes the second preamble;
    所述第三信息为所述第二设备确定的,或者,所述第三信息来自所述第一设备,或者,所述第三信息来自第三设备。The third information is determined by the second device, or the third information comes from the first device, or the third information comes from a third device.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息指示至少一个前导码分别对应的操作,包括:The method of claim 22, wherein the third information indicates operations corresponding to at least one preamble, including:
    所述第三信息指示至少一个循环移位长度对应的操作,其中,所述第二前导码为根据所述第一前导码与所述至少一个循环移位长度中的一个循环移位长度确定的。The third information indicates an operation corresponding to at least one cyclic shift length, wherein the second preamble is determined based on the first preamble and one of the at least one cyclic shift length. .
  24. 如权利要求15-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二分段所在的时间单元属于至少一个检测点,所述至少一个检测点用于检测前导码是否变更。The method according to any one of claims 15 to 23, characterized in that the time unit in which the second segment is located belongs to at least one detection point, and the at least one detection point is used to detect whether the preamble is changed.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括存储器以及处理器;A communication device, characterized by including a memory and a processor;
    所述存储器用于存储指令;The memory is used to store instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述指令,以实现如权利要求1-14中任一所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute the instructions to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-14.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括存储器以及处理器;A communication device, characterized by including a memory and a processor;
    所述存储器用于存储指令;The memory is used to store instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述指令,以实现如权利要求15-24中任一所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute the instructions to implement the method according to any one of claims 15-24.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1~24中任意一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of claims 1 to 24. method described in the item.
PCT/CN2023/115352 2022-09-09 2023-08-28 Communication method and apparatus WO2024051515A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211105530.3 2022-09-09
CN202211105530.3A CN117729506A (en) 2022-09-09 2022-09-09 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024051515A1 true WO2024051515A1 (en) 2024-03-14

Family

ID=90192000

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/115352 WO2024051515A1 (en) 2022-09-09 2023-08-28 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117729506A (en)
TW (1) TW202412481A (en)
WO (1) WO2024051515A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112630725A (en) * 2019-09-24 2021-04-09 恩智浦有限公司 System and method for selecting ultra-wideband preamble based on environmental conditions
CN113825230A (en) * 2020-06-19 2021-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Resource indication method, access point and station
US20220141657A1 (en) * 2020-11-02 2022-05-05 Apple Inc. Signaling techniques using fragmented and multi-partitioned uwb packets
CN114449660A (en) * 2020-11-02 2022-05-06 苹果公司 Techniques for hybrid ultra-wideband and narrowband signaling

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112630725A (en) * 2019-09-24 2021-04-09 恩智浦有限公司 System and method for selecting ultra-wideband preamble based on environmental conditions
CN113825230A (en) * 2020-06-19 2021-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Resource indication method, access point and station
US20220141657A1 (en) * 2020-11-02 2022-05-05 Apple Inc. Signaling techniques using fragmented and multi-partitioned uwb packets
CN114449660A (en) * 2020-11-02 2022-05-06 苹果公司 Techniques for hybrid ultra-wideband and narrowband signaling

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117729506A (en) 2024-03-19
TW202412481A (en) 2024-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Zhang et al. Gap sense: Lightweight coordination of heterogeneous wireless devices
US8989158B2 (en) Channel access method for very high throughput (VHT) wireless local access network system and station supporting the channel access method
WO2016160727A1 (en) Exploratory beamforming training techniques for 60 ghz devices
US20130301605A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and computer program product for resource allocation for sequential/parallel wireless messages
US20140369234A1 (en) Method And Apparatus For Scanning And Device Detection In A Communication System
WO2020199854A1 (en) Method and device for determining transmission resources
CN116846426A (en) Clock synchronization method and device
CN111510997B (en) Method and device for receiving signal
WO2024051515A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023179585A1 (en) Clock synchronization method and apparatus
WO2024051318A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023198098A1 (en) Signaling transmission method and apparatus
WO2023236721A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting signaling
WO2024131745A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus
WO2023185633A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2023169247A1 (en) Ranging or sensing method and apparatus
WO2023165454A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024082893A1 (en) Scheduling method for uwb, and related product
WO2023179430A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2023236887A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024082892A1 (en) Scheduling method for uwb and related product
WO2024109077A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023169264A1 (en) Ultra-wideband based information feedback method and device
WO2023207602A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2023185637A1 (en) Secure distance measurement method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23862211

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1